Quarterlytics / Basic Materials / Chemicals / Treatt

Treatt

tet · LSE Basic Materials
Claim this profile
Ticker tet
Exchange LSE
Sector Basic Materials
Industry Chemicals
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2016 Annual Report · Treatt
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Treatt plc  
Northern Way,  
Bury St Edmunds,  
Suffolk, IP32 6NL UK

01284 702500  
01284 703809 

Tel: 
Fax: 
Email:  enquiries@treatt.com

www.treatt.com
www.earthoil.com

Annual Report & Financial Statements 2016

MAKING THE WORLD
TASTE BETTER

T
R
E
A
T
T
P
L
C
A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

&
F

i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

2
0
1
6

CPRM 00001 Treatt_AR_accounts_Cover_AW.indd   1

05/12/2016   10:49

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial Calendar

2015/16
Financial year ended    
Results for year announced 
Annual Report and Financial Statements published 
Annual General Meeting 
Final dividend for 2016 goes ‘ex-dividend’ 
Record date for 2016 final dividend 
Last day for dividend reinvestment plan election 
Final dividend for 2016 paid 

2016/17
Interim results to 31 March 2017 announced 
Interim dividend for 2017 goes ‘ex-dividend’ 
Record date for 2017 interim dividend 
Last day for dividend reinvestment plan election 
Interim dividend for 2017 paid 
Financial year ended    
Results for year to 30 September 2017 announced 
Final dividend for 2017 paid 

* These dates are provisional and may be subject to change

 Annual Report & Financial Statements 2016

30 September 2016
29 November 2016
9 December 2016
27 January 2017
16 February 2017
17 February 2017
26 February 2017
23 March 2017

9 May 2017*
13 July 2017*
14 July 2017*
23 July 2017*
17 August 2017*
30 September 2017
28 November 2017*
22 March 2018*

THE GROUP

WE ARE A TRUSTED INGREDIENTS 
MANUFACTURER AND SOLUTIONS 
PROVIDER TO THE GLOBAL 
FLAVOUR, FRAGRANCE AND 
CONSUMER GOODS MARKETS FROM 
OUR BASES IN THE UK, THE US, 
CHINA AND KENYA.

We have been making the world taste better since our 
foundation in 1886, but this is just the beginning. 
Committed to continuous improvement, we have deep  
roots and a clear strategic path that drives us forward.

Our people are creative, technically excellent and  
dedicated – allowing us to develop and supply a range of 
ready-made and bespoke systems to suit even the most 
adventurous needs.

Everyone from logistics, HR, finance, operations and 
research and development to sales, purchasing, marketing,  
planning, IT and procurement work together to ensure 
we’re the sustainable partner of choice for our international 
customer base. 

The passion and expertise for our industry is visible in every 
interaction with Treatt, which is why our customers rely  
on our specialists to deliver innovative ingredient solutions 
that will drive commercial results.

CPRM 00001 Treatt_AR_accounts_Cover_AW.indd   2

05/12/2016   10:49

Designed and produced by corporateprm, Edinburgh and London. www.corporateprm.co.uk

TREATT PLC   I

97

  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
   
THE REPORT

Discover how our global family of experts work together to deliver 
unique solutions that exceed our customers’ expectations.

Learn more about how we’re building on our 130 years of expertise 
and taking our company to exciting new areas across the globe.

Explore our growing product range and understand how our expertise 
drives global trends across a number of food and beverage categories.

‘‘

The passion and expertise for  
our industry is visible in every 
interaction with Treatt 

‘‘

OVERVIEW
01  The Report
02  What Makes Treatt Special
04  Where We’re Heading
06  Our Product Innovations
08  2016 Review
09  Group Five Year Trading Record
10  Chairman’s Statement
12  Chief Executive’s Report
16  Financial Review
20  Directors’ Report
24  The Board
26  Strategic Report

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
34  Corporate Governance Statement

Statement of Directors’ 
Responsibilities

39  Directors’ Remuneration Report
51  Independent Auditor’s Report to 

the Members of Treatt plc

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
53  Group Income Statement
54   Group Statement of 

Comprehensive Income
55   Group and Parent Company 

Statements of Changes in Equity

57   Group and Parent Company 

Balance Sheets

58   Group and Parent Company 
Statements of Cash Flows

59  Group Reconciliation of Net Cash 
Flow to Movement in Net Debt
60  Notes to the Financial Statements
91  Notice of Annual General Meeting
96   Parent Company Information  

and Advisers
97  Financial Calendar

01

WHAT MAKES TREATT SPECIALWHERE WE’RE HEADINGOUR PRODUCT INNOVATIONS020406 Annual Report & Financial Statements 2016TREATT PLC   I 
WHAT MAKES

TREATT SPECIAL

CUSTOMERS FROM 
OVER 90 COUNTRIES 
CHOOSE TO WORK 
WITH TREATT AS WE 
STAND APART FROM 
THE COMPETITION 
FOR ALL OF THE 
RIGHT REASONS.

PEOPLE
The success of our business is built on the skills, knowledge 
and  personalities  of  our  people  –  the  central  pillar  to  our 
future development. We collectively believe in the company’s 
vision and bring our absolute best to the industry-leading work 
we  do  every  day.  This  commitment  shines  through  in  every 
interaction with the business.

Our  brightest  technical  minds  take  pride  in  developing 
the  ingredient  solutions  of  the  future  and  are  supported  
by a global operational infrastructure that delivers results. 

internal  training  and 

Strategic  recruitment, 
innovative 
personal  staff  development  have  meant  our  people  are  
best-placed  to  take  Treatt  to  the  next  level.  With  over  
370 experts working across the globe, we deliver an integrated 
service  with  all  departments  pulling  together  towards  a 
common goal. 

By  embodying  effective  teamwork,  our  customers  feel  the 
benefit  of  partnering  with  a  company  that  works  as  one,  
with momentum and enthusiasm.

PASSION
As  shareholders,  as  well  as  employees,  we  have  a  vested 
interest in the success of the company which has a palpable 
impact on the way we operate.

The  care  we  take  in  our  work  is  evident  everywhere  you 
look  at  Treatt.  We  collectively  strive  for  excellence  with  
an energy and dedication our customers appreciate. 

By  working  in  partnership,  we’re  able  to  fulfil  needs  in  a 
multitude of ways, whether we’re developing a new flavour 
concept, providing 24/7 regulatory support or new product 
development marketing consultancy.

Our ingredient solutions 
are the result of over a 
century of knowledge 

and innovation ‘‘

‘‘

02

I   TREATT PLC 
developing the ingredient solutions of the future ‘‘

Our brightest technical minds take pride in  

O
V
E
R
V
I
E
W

‘‘

PRODUCTS
Our  ingredient  solutions  are  the  result  of  over  a  century  of 
knowledge and innovation. We have a diverse product portfolio 
that enables us to meet any customer specification. 

PROCESSES
Our  reputation  has  been  built  over  years  of  consistent 
results. Integrity cannot be imitated or bought, which is why 
our robust processes are paramount. 

With  a  strong  and  established  background  in  citrus,  our 
capabilities,  knowledge  and  techniques  are  internationally 
recognised  and  valued  by  those  who  need  the  best  quality 
products at every level.

With everything from 100% natural ingredients made from the 
named fruit, bespoke blends, price-stable synthetics to impactful 
aroma  chemicals,  we  manufacture  and  supply  a  range  of 
solutions to our customers across the globe.

Dedicated  global  product  managers  lead  the  development 
and  promotion  of  their  categories,  sharing  their  expertise  with 
colleagues and customers alike. By collaborating internally with 
everyone  from  sales  and  purchasing  to  marketing  and  R&D,  
our technical staff have developed a roadmap for the evolution of 
each category to ensure its future growth and success.

By bringing this internal structure to our portfolio, we can work 
quickly and effectively, ensuring we’re best placed to serve our 
growing customer base. 

We are governed by the highest set of industry standards 
which  gives  our  customers  peace  of  mind  that  they’re 
working with people and products they can trust.

Travelling the world and building personal relationships with 
our  processors  and  farmers,  gives  us  first-hand  detailed 
knowledge of our supply chain which is invaluable to our 
customers.

They  have  confidence  in  our  rigorous  quality  assurance, 
composition  and  containment  analysis,  together  with 
appropriate labelling for smooth, safe transportation across 
the globe.

Expert  planning,  operations  and  shipping  staff  work 
together 
that  meets  
every regulatory requirement, enabling us to get things right 
first time.

to  deliver  a  seamless  service 

03

OVERVIEW Annual Report & Financial Statements 2016TREATT PLC   IWHERE WE’RE HEADING

THE COMPANY CONTINUES TO SEE 
SUSTAINABLE LONG TERM GROWTH  
AS A RESULT OF THE FOCUSED  
STRATEGY AND THE DEDICATION OF  
EVERY EMPLOYEE ACROSS THE GLOBE.

‘‘

There’s never  
been a more  
exciting time to  

work for Treatt  ‘‘

04

I   TREATT PLCOUR BUSINESS 
We  are  on  track  with  plans  to  relocate  our  UK  manufacturing 
operations to a purpose-built site, just four miles from our existing 
location. This will be one of the most significant developments 
for  the  company  in  the  last  50  years  and  will  revolutionise 
almost every aspect of our business. It will enable us to excite 
our customers even more, improve efficiency and, we believe, 
accelerate our growth.

This year we have also improved our internal structures to make 
best  use  of  the  wealth  of  knowledge  throughout  the  business. 
Dedicated  product  category  managers,  customer 
insight 
groups, project teams and department champions are just a few 
examples  of  how  we’re  collaborating,  sharing  knowledge  and 
improving our service.

As our biggest strategic asset, we continue to invest in our people. 
Our vibrant culture attracts the very best people in the industry 
and  once  part  of  our  growing  team,  we  further  cultivate  talent 
with a tailored training and development program that will help 
them to reach their potential.

Finally,  we  are  also  investing  more  heavily  in  our  marketing 
operations.  Responsible  for  all  external  communication, 
our  marketing  team  work  closely  with  our  R&D,  technical  
and  sales  teams  to  ensure  our  efforts  are  strategic,  integrated 
and effective.

OUR INDUSTRY 
Ours is an exciting and ever-evolving industry that will continue 
to  grow.  Not  ones  to  rest  on  our  laurels,  we  are  committed  to 
continuous  improvement  and  have  a  clear  roadmap  that 
will  enable  us  to  take  advantage  of  the  significant  market 
opportunities ahead.

The global beverage market is valued at approximately $1300 bn. 
As  this  diverse  and  challenging  market  continues  to  grow,  we 
look to increase our market share by working with organisations 
and markets where we can add real value. In addition to growing 
our  notable  presence  in  the  citrus  market,  we  seek  out  new 
avenues for strategic growth. 

‘‘

The global RTD tea 
market was worth 
£50.1bn last year,  
up from £39bn the 

year before ‘‘

O
V
E
R
V
I
E
W

SUGAR REDUCTION
Sugar reduction has been a key focus for us on a global level and 
will continue to be for the foreseeable future. The tax announced 
in  the  UK’s  2016  Budget  has  truly  intensified  the  need  for 
beverage  companies  to  reduce  sugar  levels  by  2018.  This  is 
part of a global story where all major brands look to improve the 
health credentials of their portfolio.

■■ Sugar intake from soft drinks has been reduced by  
16.2% since 2012 and 17% from carbonates

■■ 45% of carbonated drinks in the UK are labelled  

as low/no calorie

We  continue  to  invest  in  this  area  of  our  business  working  in 
partnership with our customers to ensure we’re supporting their 
strategic, long term objectives when it comes to sugar reduction.

TEA
Our  in-house  tea  capabilities  are  going  from  strength  to 
strength as more members of the team progress through their  
sommelier  training  and  we  look  to  launch  new  and  innovative 
products.  A  cross-functional  global  team  collaborate  with 
customers  to  develop  their  future  presence  in  tea,  whether 
they’re  looking  for  a  re-formulated  ready  to  drink  iced  tea  or  
a bespoke blend for a new product launch.

05

OVERVIEW Annual Report & Financial Statements 2016TREATT PLC   IOUR PRODUCT  
INNOVATIONS

WE OFFER  
CUTTING-EDGE 
PRODUCTS 
THAT HELP OUR 
CUSTOMERS  
TO STAND OUT 
IN INCREASINGLY 
CHALLENGING 
AND DYNAMIC 
MARKETPLACES. 

Our solutions range from citrus, essential and vegetable oils 
to  aroma  chemicals  and  speciality  ingredients  which  are 
used  by  flavour  houses  and  consumer  goods  companies 
across the world.

Our  business  is  designed  to  deliver  consistent,  quality 
ingredient  solutions  to  our  customers,  and  is  driven  by 
anticipating  and  listening  to  their  needs.  In  doing  so,  
we leverage our position as a key supplier to major global 
multi-national  corporations.  Key  to  the  success  of  our 
business  model  is  our  experience  and  knowledge  of  the 
ingredients we handle, and our focus on the future.

Our business is designed  
to deliver consistent,  

‘‘
quality ingredient solutions‘‘

06 I   TREATT PLC

SECURE SOURCING
Our  global  purchasing  team  have  unrivalled  market  knowledge 
which our customers recognise and trust. This enables us to offer 
stable,  sustainable  and  transparent  supply  chains  that  can  be 
traced back to the source.

We travel a lot and invest in our supplier relationships to ensure 
our  fingers  are  always  on  the  pulse  of  what’s  going  on  in  the 
markets and the wider industry. Visiting growers and processors 
across the globe means we have the latest information from those 
in the know. 

Working directly with growers and 
processors  across 
the  world 
guarantees  the  finest  quality  raw 
standards  of 
materials  and 
production.

these 

By  sharing 
invaluable 
insights  with  our  customers 
directly, via our market intelligence 
report or on our website, we help 
our  customers  to  make  the  best 
choices  to  suit  their  business 
today, and in the future.

Confident  in  our  rigorous  quality  assurance,  composition  and 
contaminant analysis, customers trust our products and people 
to deliver every time.

O
V
E
R
V
I
E
W

RESPONSIBLE MANUFACTURING
From our facilities in the UK, US and Kenya, we create consistently 
high quality products that are sold in over 90 countries. With an 
unrelenting focus on health and safety, we manufacture as well 
as process sourced material, which gives us flexibility that is truly 
valued  by  our  customers.  We  are  certified  against  the  British 
Retail Consortium’s (BRC) Global Standard for Food Safety which 
further  illustrates  our  ongoing  commitment  to  maintaining  the 
highest standards.

Through  the  fractional  distillation  of  our  essential  oils,  we  can 
isolate a range of key natural volatiles that allows us to produce 
a range of solutions in a variety of pack sizes. We have inventory 
across  four  continents,  which  allows  us  to  readily  supply  our 
products from various locations.

PROFESSIONAL PARTNERS
Working in collaboration with our customers results in the most 
exciting and profitable product innovations. By sharing expertise, 
live on the workbench, we create partnerships that are mutually 
beneficial and long-lasting.

Our  regulatory  specialists’  knowledge  is  invaluable  to  our 
customers,  who  rely  on  Treatt  for  quality  information  they  
can trust.

The  global  salesforce  act  as  customer  champions  at  all  times, 
ensuring  that  wider  business  decisions  are  made  reflecting  the 
interests of those we serve.

FUTURE FOCUS
We have an established heritage that grounds us but also gives 
us  the  foundations  from  which  we  can  confidently  launch 
ourselves into what’s ahead. We are committed to identifying and 
understanding  market  trends  driven  by  complex  global  socio-
economic factors which have an impact on our industry.

Experts  across  our  business  development,  R&D,  applications 
and marketing departments work together to drive effective new 
product development, ensuring we stay relevant to our customers. 
Our strategic approach to global new product development results 
in a portfolio of appealing products which give customers a true 
commercial advantage.

07

OVERVIEW Annual Report & Financial Statements 2016TREATT PLC   IW
E
I
V
E
R
6
1
0
2

Financial Performance

Revenue

Adjusted Profit Before Tax*

Dividends Per Share** (pence)

.

m
0
4
7
£

.

m
1
4
7
£

.

m
2
9
7
£

m
9
.
5
8
£

m
0
.
8
8
£

m
1
5
£

.

m
2
6
£

.

m
9
6
£

.

m
0
.
8
£

m
8
.
8
£

p
0
1
3

.

p
0
7
3

.

p
4
8
3

.

p
4
0
4

.

p
5
3
.
4

2012

2013 2014

2015 2016

2012

2013 2014 2015 2015

2012

2013 2014 2015 2016

£88.0m

£8.8m

4.35p

Revenue  represents  the  total  sales 
of all businesses in the Group, and 
reflects  both  underlying  business 
growth as well as being impacted by 
movements in raw material prices.

Adjusted  profit  before  tax  shows 
the trend in profits before tax (but 
ignoring exceptional items). 

Dividends per share shows the total 
dividend  (interim  plus  final)  per 
share relating to each financial year.

Key Performance Indicators

Net Operating Margin

Return on Capital Employed

Average Net Debt to EBITDA***

%
6
7

.

%
4
9

.

%
6
9

.

%
1
0
1

.

%
8
.
0
1

%
4
4
1

.

%
4
9
1

.

%
9
9
1

.

%
1
2
2

.

%
6
.
4
2

2
5
1

.

8
2
1

.

9
9
0

.

8
7
0

.

5
3
.
0

2012

2013 2014 2015 2016

2012

2013 2014 2015 2016

2012

2013 2014 2015

2016

10.8%

24.6%

0.35

Net  operating  margin  reflects  the 
overall profitability of the business 
before financing costs.

Return  on  capital  employed  is  a 
measure of the Group’s profitability 
relative to the assets invested in the 
business.

to  EBITDA 
Average  net  debt 
measures  the  debt  of  the  Group 
relative to its profitability. The lower 
the ratio is, the more manageable 
the level of debt.

*  All adjusted figures exclude exceptional items, details of which are given in note 8.
**     The dividend per share shown relates to the interim dividend declared and final dividend proposed, both of 

which are paid after the year end and accounted for in the subsequent financial year.

*** EBITDA is calculated as profit before interest tax depreciation, amortisation and exceptional items.

08

I   TREATT PLC 
Group Five Year Trading Record

INCOME STATEMENT 
Revenue 

EBITDA1 
Operating profit 

Adjusted2 profit before taxation 
Growth in adjusted2profit before taxation  

2012 
£’000 

2013 
£’000 

2014 
£’000 

2015 
£’000 

2016
£’000

74,009 

74,097 

79,189 

85,934 

88,040

6,891 
5,628 

5,060 
(20.6%) 

8,278 
6,938 

6,227 
23.1% 

9,022 
7,628 

6,904 
10.9% 

10,109 
8,690 

7,950 
15.2% 

11,038
9,549

8,846
11.3%

Exceptional items 

(598) 

(1,093) 

(1,402) 

(174) 

(553)

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION 

4,462 

5,134 

5,502 

7,776 

8,293

Taxation 

(1,390) 

(1,655) 

(1,553) 

(1,786) 

(2,144)

Profit for the year attributable to owners of the Parent Company 

3,072 

3,479 

3,949 

5,990 

6,149

BALANCE SHEET 
Goodwill 
Other intangible assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Net deferred tax (liability)/asset 
Non-current trade and other receivables 
Current assets 
Current liabilities 
Non-current trade and other payables 
Non-current bank loans 
Post-employment benefits 
Non-current derivative financial instruments 
Non-current Redeemable loan notes (net) 

1,080 
718 
11,543 
(594) 
586 
38,053 
(17,345) 
(23) 
(5,469) 
(838) 
(1,033) 
(675) 

1,075 
684 
11,718 
(723) 
586 
38,340 
(12,484) 
(23) 
(8,889) 
(1,589) 
(577) 
(675) 

1,075 
726 
10,994 
(611) 
586 
43,590 
(16,005) 
(23) 
(7,857) 
(2,529) 
(511) 
(675) 

1,075 
661 
10,998 
(390) 
— 
45,045 
(13,481) 
— 
(7,065) 
(2,959) 
(699) 
— 

2,727
637
11,361
325
—
54,435
(16,388)
—
(7,755)
(7,401)
(754)
—

Total equity 

26,003 

27,443 

28,760 

33,185 

37,187

CASH FLOW 
Cash generated from operations 
Taxation paid 
Net interest paid 
Dividends paid 
Additions to non-current assets net of proceeds 
Acquisition of interests in joint ventures or subsidiaries 
Net sale/(purchase) of own shares by share trust 
Other 

Movement in net debt 

Total net debt 

RATIOS 
Net operating margin3 
Return on capital employed4 
Average net debt to EBITDA5 
Adjusted2 basic earnings per share 
Growth in adjusted2 basic earnings per share 
Dividend per share6 
Dividend cover (adjusted to exclude exceptionals)6 
Net assets per share 

1,482 
(1,279) 
(618) 
(1,490) 
(2,787) 
— 
(306) 
43 

9,250 
(649) 
(714) 
(1,585) 
(1,578) 
(9) 
91 
(151) 

3,528 
(1,552) 
(724) 
(1,899) 
(746) 
— 
91 
12 

8,667 
(1,469) 
(740) 
(1,978) 
(1,027) 
— 
180 
(204) 

11,728
(2,022)
(703)
(2,095)
(788)
(1,676)
265
(208)

(4,955) 

4,655 

(1,290) 

3,429 

4,501

(12,949) 

(8,294) 

(9,584) 

(6,155) 

(1,654)

7.6% 
14.4% 
1.52 
6.88p 
(19.1%) 
3.10p 
2.22 
49.6p 

9.4% 
19.4% 
1.28 
8.64p 
25.6% 
3.70p 
2.33 
52.4p 

9.6% 
19.9% 
0.99 
9.95p 
15.2% 
3.84p 
2.58 
55.0p 

10.1% 
22.1% 
0.78 
11.94p 
20.0% 
4.04p 
2.94 
63.0p 

10.8%
24.6%
0.35
12.84p
7.5%
4.35p
2.94
71.0p

09

Notes on calculations:
1    EBITDA is calculated as profit before interest, tax, depreciation, 

amortisation and exceptional items.

2     All adjusted measures exclude exceptional items – see note 8.
3     Operating profit divided by revenue.
4     Operating profit divided by total equity plus net debt.

5     Average of net debt at start and end of financial year divided  

by EBITDA.1

6     The dividend per share shown relates to the interim dividend  

declared and final dividend proposed, both of which are paid after 
the year end and accounted for in the subsequent financial year.

OVERVIEW Annual Report & Financial Statements 2016TREATT PLC   I 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CHAIRMAN’S

STATEMENT

TIM JONES 
CHAIRMAN

10 I   TREATT PLC

AN EXCELLENT YEAR WITH 
ADJUSTED* PROFIT BEFORE 
TAX UP 11% TO £8.8M AND 
STRONG CASH CONVERSION 
ALLOWING NET DEBT TO FALL 
TO £1.7M FROM £6.2M

RESULTS
It is particularly pleasing to report that the Group results this year have 
seen meaningful progress not only in respect of our financial performance 
but  on  non-financial  objectives  too.  Revenue  has  grown  by  2.5%  to 
£88.0m (2015: £85.9m) resulting in an increase in adjusted* profit before 
taxation  of  11%  to  £8.8m  compared  with  £8.0m  last  year.  At  12.84p, 
adjusted basic earnings per share have improved 7.5%.

Strong  cash  performance  this  year  has  seen  the  Group’s  net  debt 
continue to fall to £1.7m (2015: £6.2m). This has been achieved despite 
the marked increases in key raw material costs, such as orange oil, and 
the depreciation of Sterling against the US Dollar. In the last 2 years net 
debt has fallen by £7.9m (82%) (2014: £9.6m).

The  Group’s  strategy  to  manage  foreign  exchange  risk  has  prevented 
currency  fluctuations  during  the  year  from  having  a  more  material 
impact on the net results. The overall net impact of movements in foreign 
exchange  rates  was  a  reduction  in  profit  before  tax  of  approximately 
£0.5m,  more  details  on  which  can  be  found  in  the  Financial  Review  
on page 17.

DIVIDENDS
It is proposed to pay a final dividend of 3.00p (2015: 2.76p), increasing 
the  total  dividend  for  the  year  by  7.7%  to  4.35p  (2015:  4.04p).  I  am 
also pleased to say that following a review of our dividend timetable we 
have brought forward the payment dates each year for interim and final 
dividends  to  March  and  August  respectively  (having  previously  been 
April and October). If approved by shareholders at the forthcoming AGM, 
the  final  dividend  will  therefore  be  payable  on  23  March  2017  to  all 
shareholders on the register at close of business on 17 February 2017. 
Shareholders who wish to participate in the dividend re-investment plan 
for this and future dividends should elect to do so by 26 February 2017.

STRATEGIC OVERVIEW
In  recent  years  our  efforts  have  been  focused  on  driving  the  business 
to  deliver  sustainable  growth  of  profits  over  the  long  term.  We  have 
prioritised investment in those areas which will reap the greatest benefits 
for the Group, investing greater resources on innovation, marketing, staff 
development,  management  training  and  more  recently  on  growing  our 
activities in China.

The  developments  we  have  implemented  will  help  us  service  our 
customers  with  more  innovative  products  and  improve  our  market 
positioning to better serve the rapidly evolving desires of consumers. 

Sales  have  grown  by  2.5%  but  the  proportion  of  higher  value-added 
products has helped further improve gross margins, resulting in another 
record  year  for  the  Group;  we  will  continue  to  develop  and  refine  our 
product  mix  by  bringing  ever  greater  focus  to  the  market  segments  to 
which they are offered. It is important that we continue to grow revenue 
in the right way by increasing the proportion of value-added products in 
our sales mix and I believe these results demonstrate strong continuing 
progress in this area. 

7.7% Increase in dividends 

UK SITE RELOCATION
In the UK we have been on our existing site at Bury St Edmunds, Suffolk, 
since 1971 and although we have continuously adapted the site over the 
years, it is no longer fit for purpose. The site is fragmented as we operate 
out of six buildings; this neither provides us with the right environment to 
maximise our efficiencies and communication with each other nor with the 
evolving  regulatory  environment  in  which  we  operate.  At  the  same  time 
our growing business needs to have a site which is fit for purpose for the 
future where we can quickly adapt to an ever changing environment and 
help us attract the right talent into the business in order to drive innovation 
in our markets. I can therefore confirm that we continue to progress our 
plans to relocate our UK business, more details of which can be found in 
the Financial Review on page 18, and hope to be in a position to make a 
further announcement on this in the near future.

The success of our US operation has meant that it has also outgrown its 
existing premises and will need to invest in its site in the coming year to 
build on the many opportunities we see. Plans are therefore well under 
way in both the UK and US and, as our Chief Executive comments in his 
report, have involved detailed consultation with our employees to ensure 
that our new site in the UK and our expanded site in the US will serve the 
needs of the business in the long term. 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Ian Neil left us as a Non-executive Director in January of this year and I 
would like to take this opportunity to thank Ian for all the hard work and 
support he gave the business over the years and we wish him the very 
best for the future. In June I was very pleased to welcome Richard Illek to 
the Board as a Non-executive Director. Richard has recently retired from 
PepsiCo where he worked for 28 years. During Richard’s time at PepsiCo 
he undertook a number of operational, technical and manufacturing roles. 
Richard brings a wealth of experience and industry knowledge to us and 
we are delighted to have him on our Board.

We  regularly  review  ways  to  improve  the  effectiveness  of  what  we  do 
through  thorough  and  detailed  internal  evaluations.  A  key  area  of  the 
Board’s focus includes defining and communicating our risk appetite and 
conducting  a  broad  assessment  in  respect  of  our  business  risks  in  the 
shorter as well as longer term. Significant risks, which are identified by 
their  size  of  impact  and  probability  of  occurrence,  are  detailed  on  the 
Group risk register, which is regularly reviewed by the Board. 

PROSPECTS
The Group has had an encouraging start to the new financial year with 
both the UK and US expected to be on plan at the end of the first quarter. 
Group earnings are being assisted by the present strength of the US Dollar 
against Sterling; a significant proportion of our earnings are made by our 
US operations and the trading currency of the UK operations is mainly the 
US Dollar as well. 

THANK YOU
We have fantastic staff at Treatt and I would like to take this opportunity to 
thank them for all their hard work and enthusiasm without which I would 
not be able to report yet another record year for Treatt.

TIM JONES
Chairman
28 November 2016

* All adjusted measures exclude exceptional items, details of which are given in note 8.

11

OVERVIEW Annual Report & Financial Statements 2016TREATT PLC   ICHIEF EXECUTIVE

OFFICER’S REPORT

DAEMMON REEVE 
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

ANOTHER GOOD YEAR  
FOR THE GROUP AS WE 
CONTINUE TO DELIVER ON 
OUR STRATEGIC OBJECTIVES

12

I   TREATT PLC£8.8m 
Adjusted* Profit Before Tax
Delivering on our strategic objectives

OVERVIEW – MAIN HIGHLIGHTS
This year has been another solid year of progress for the business, both 
in terms of financial performance and also our cultural journey which will 
provide the platform for further progress. We have come a long way in 
the  last  few  years  in  the  migration  of  the  business  from  that  of  a  pure 
supplier to the food and beverage industries to being a trusted and valued 
partner  in  the  development  of  innovative  and  effective  ingredients  for 
the  industry.  This  is  a  long  term  programme  that  involves  not  only  the 
capability upskilling of our people but also a change in the mind-set of 
the business as a whole. Our progress on this journey is demonstrated 
through  our  financial  performance.  Over  the  last  four  years  we  have 
increased  adjusted*  profit  before  tax  by  75%  from  £5.1m  in  2012  to 
£8.8m this year, a feat for which our colleagues can be immensely proud. 
Similarly  our  cash  generation  has  been  strong  such  that  net  debt  has 
fallen by 87% from £12.9m to £1.7m over the same period as we have 
turned our profits into cash. 

A key driver of our strategy is our people. We measure progress through 
regular  staff  surveys  and  are  proud  to  report  a  further  increase  in  the 
level of staff engagement which is critical, not only to motivate and retain 
our  existing  colleagues,  but  also  to  ensure  that  we  attract  high  quality 
candidates  for  future  positions  as  we  continue  to  grow.  The  energy  we 
feel around the business every day is directly attributable to our vibrant 
culture and a major focus of the business is to drive levels of engagement 
even  higher.  To  support  this  important  work  we  are  strengthening  our 
human  resource  function  across  the  Group  to  further  enable  proactive 
staff development, training and promote Treatt as an employer of choice 
in the communities we serve. To ensure our talent pipeline flourishes into 
the future we are deepening relationships with local schools and colleges, 
most notably, but not exclusively, in the technical areas of our business. 

Whilst  Brexit  has  created  some  uncertainty  for  the  UK  and  could 
potentially  introduce  complexity  for  our  business,  the  Board  does  not 
currently believe that it will have a material adverse impact on the Group’s 
results or financial position, and as such is not considered as a principal 
risk.  Nevertheless,  as  set  out  on  page  27,  we  will  be  monitoring  the  
situation closely.

The  performance  across  the  Group  has  been  consistently  strong 
throughout  2016.  New  business  wins  have  boosted  our  financial 
performance this year with further successes in our core focus areas such 
as citrus flavours and sugar reduction. The citrus wins have come from 
new and existing customers in territories from China to South America and 
the sugar reduction wins have been more specifically concentrated in the 
US and European beverage markets.

China represents potentially a very large market for Treatt and we have 
made  important  progress  this  year  where  we  opened  a  new  enlarged 
representative office in the Caohejing High-Tech Industrial Park area of 
Shanghai. This has had a positive impact as Treatt China is now able to 
serve  customers  in  a  much  more  timely  fashion  and,  importantly,  with 
products designed by technicians familiar with national flavour nuances. 
Customers have visited our applications lab to work on final refinement to 
formulations, further strengthening these relationships. Plans are also in 
place to further strengthen our team in this important region.

Earthoil  recorded  its  6th  year  of  consecutive  growth  in  profits.  We  are 
pleased to have settled all claims and litigation in respect of the dispute, 
as we announced on 30 September 2016.

* All adjusted measures exclude exceptional items, details of which are given in note 8.

13

OVERVIEW Annual Report & Financial Statements 2016TREATT PLC   ICLEAR STRATEGIC FOCUS
During  the  year  our  efforts  on  further  innovation  in  sugar  reduction 
technologies have been enhanced with the addition of further research 
and development scientists as well as increased focus on this industry-
wide  imperative.  We  currently  have  a  number  of  significant  active 
projects  with  both  existing  and  potentially  new  beverage  customers 
in this area of highest topical interest for the global beverage market. 
We are also working on projects to add value to products which would 
otherwise be classed as waste produce.

Important  beverage  customers  have  been  working  alongside  our 
technicians  in  the  laboratories,  the  partnership  model  we  expect  to 
greatly expand on at our new UK site. Working as a solutions provider is 
enabling deeper relationships with customers; often generating further 
opportunities and areas of closer collaboration. 

Our  progress  on  improving  yields  and  efficiencies  within  the 
manufacturing  part  of  our  business  continues  to  make  meaningful 
progress and is feeding into the numbers. The cross-functional efforts 
being  made  are  particularly  gratifying  and  speak  of  our  collaborative 
culture  within  the  business,  which  is  providing  the  platform  for  co-
operation at all levels within the organisation. We continue to challenge 
our  processes  to  identify  improvements  and  encourage  ideas  and 
suggested improvements to permeate from all of our colleagues. All of 
this valuable work is very much in line with our strategy to keep our cost 
base under strict control and drive business improvement.

WORKING AS A 
SOLUTIONS PROVIDER 
IS ENABLING DEEPER 
RELATIONSHIPS 
WITH CUSTOMERS; 
OFTEN GENERATING 
FURTHER 
OPPORTUNITIES AND 
AREAS OF CLOSER 
COLLABORATION.  

14 I   TREATT PLC

UK SITE RELOCATION
The team at Treatt is excited about the relocation to our new headquarters 
in  the  UK.  Our  experience  of  moving  our  Florida  facility  to  new  larger 
premises  several  years  ago  has  given  us  real-life  experience  of  the 
challenges involved in such a move as well as an important insight into the 
operational and cultural benefits obtainable. Plans for our new site in the 
UK are progressing well and our cross-functional teams are focused on 
providing future-proofed world-class facilities. The depth of involvement 
in  the  design  of  the  new  premises  has  been  extensive,  with  internal 
design teams doing some great work to map out the future look and feel 
of  Treatt  in  line  with  our  strategy  and,  equally  importantly,  our  culture. 
Once complete, colleagues will have greater opportunities to engage with 
one another, being in one purpose-designed building as opposed to the 
six units we currently occupy on our Bury St. Edmunds site in the UK. 
The customer experience will be greatly enhanced, correctly showcasing 
Treatt as a welcoming, vibrant and technically excellent environment. In 
the meantime, we have reduced investment into our current UK site and 
delayed a number of long term projects to enhance our manufacturing 
capabilities until we move. This has resulted in a short term cash flow gain 
which will reverse in due course.

SUMMARY 
There is heightened confidence within Treatt and our financial year is off 
to a pleasing start given that the first quarter is, seasonally, normally our 
quietest period. Nevertheless, we continue to act in a prudent manner. 
The  teams  are  driving  at  new  business  wins,  improved  systems  and 
processes and further efficiency savings in the business. We continue to 
challenge much of the established practices of the business to find value 
and improvement and we all find this motivational. Our energy is focused 
to build upon the successes of the past four years.

DAEMMON REEVE
Chief Executive Officer
28 November 2016

CENTRAL TO OUR STRATEGY IS OUR PEOPLE
Our  company  ethos  is  based  around  people  and  how  we  impact  their 
lives, both our own people and for society at large. Treatt’s people-centric 
culture encourages passion, enthusiasm and energy amongst its staff but 
it  is  important  that  we  also  contribute  to  the  communities  in  which  we 
operate. We look to engage with the people we live and work amongst and 
take  our  responsibility  towards  the  local  community  seriously;  after  all, 
we are part of it. Our Community Spirit Initiative reflects our commitment 
to playing an active role in local society by encouraging our staff to get 
involved. We regularly release people from their day-to-day roles to work 
with local charities and schools on a variety of important initiatives such as 
sponsorship and involvement in events such as “adopt-a-highway” and 
gardening projects as well as having recently become involved in helping 
at  a  care  farm  for  people  with  learning  difficulties.  Earlier  this  year  our 
staff ran a local hospice charity shop for a day, providing the hospice with 
much-needed additional funds and giving us a great teambuilding event 
and fun day. 

I was delighted and proud to learn recently that we had won the British 
Chamber of Commerce award for Commitment to People Development 
for the East of England as this recognition is testament to the commitment 
and engagement of our team of people. I was also honoured to be asked 
to speak at the Best Employers Eastern Region event on the topic of our 
cultural journey. 

REFRESHING OUR COMPANY VALUES
We recently challenged our teams to take a hard look at the business and 
refresh  our  company  values  in  line  with  our  evolving  culture.  The  level 
of engagement in the project was very pleasing and as a result we have 
now adopted the following as our values: Teamwork, Pride and Passion, 
Integrity and Challenge. Various initiatives will be undertaken to embed 
these  behaviours  across  the  business.  Our  values  are  the  behaviours 
required  to  deliver  excellence  within  the  business  and  are  true  to  the 
cultural DNA of our company.

HEALTH & SAFETY IS OF PRIME IMPORTANCE
Continuous improvement is critically important in health and safety and 
our culture promotes open dialogue on possible areas for improvement. 
During  the  year  our  global  health  and  safety  team  ran  a  climate  safety 
survey across the business to identify areas of strengths and perceived 
weaknesses in our processes. 

15

OVERVIEW Annual Report & Financial Statements 2016TREATT PLC   I 
FINANCIAL

REVIEW

RICHARD HOPE 
FINANCE DIRECTOR

ADJUSTED* PROFIT BEFORE TAX INCREASED 
BY 11% – FOUR CONSECUTIVE YEARS OF 
CONSISTENT, SUSTAINABLE, GROWTH – 
AND NET DEBT REDUCED TO BELOW £2M

16

I   TREATT PLCFinancial overview

Up

2.5%

Revenue

£88.0m

Up

11.3%

Adjusted profit 
before tax*

£8.8m

Up

7.7%

Dividend

4.35p

Up

7.5%

Adjusted earnings  
per share*

12.84p

Net operating margin

Return on capital employed

Average net debt to EBITDA

2016

10.8%

24.6%

0.35x

2015

10.1%

22.1%

0.78x

Income Statement
Revenue and profit
Revenue  for  the  year  grew  by  2.5%  to  £88.0m  (2015:  £85.9m)  whilst 
gross profit grew by a more significant 7.5%, reflecting the success of the 
Group’s strategy of moving up the value chain and focusing on added-value 
products. The rate of revenue growth was therefore muted by the active 
management  of  certain  high  priced  (but  low  margin)  traded  business. 
Key areas of growth, which more than replaced the reduction in traded 
business, included sugar reduction, tea, natural distillates and citrus.

An important long term KPI for the Group is net operating margin which 
increased  from  10.1%  to  10.8%  as  the  combined  strategic  benefits  of 
growing  revenue,  replacing  traded  commodity  business  with  bespoke, 
innovative products, whilst maintaining a tight control of costs continues 
to  show  through.  This  resulted  in  a  10%  increase  in  operating  profit  to 
£9.5m (2015: £8.7m). Return on capital employed increased to 24.6% 
(2015: 22.1%).

As  explained  opposite,  the  Group  mitigates  its  foreign  exchange  risk. 
The impact of movements in foreign exchange rates on profit before tax 
is the net of retranslating overseas profits, retranslating foreign currency 
transactions in UK businesses and the gains or losses on foreign exchange 
hedging instruments such as forward and option contracts. When taken 
together, therefore, the net impact on the profit before tax for the year was 
a loss of £0.5m.

Revenue
9.5% pa

Profit before tax
10.4% pa

COMPOUND
10 YEAR  
 GROWTH*

Earnings per share
10.7% pa

EBITDA
9.7% pa

Exceptional costs in the year of £0.6m (2015: £0.2m) include £0.3m in 
relation to the final legal costs concerning the Earthoil earnout dispute. 
Although not material in the year, these costs have been accounted for as 
an exceptional item in order to maintain consistent treatment with prior 
years.  A  further  £0.3m  exceptional  charge  was  incurred  in  relation  to 
some one-off restructuring costs in Kenya and the US. On an adjusted 
basis  excluding  these  costs,  earnings  before  interest,  tax,  depreciation 
and amortisation for the year increased by 9% to £11.0m (2015: £10.1m). 
Profit  before  tax  after  exceptional  items  rose  by  7%  to  £8.3m  (2015: 
£7.8m). Further information on the exceptional items is given in note 8.

Dividends and earnings per share
The proposed final dividend of 3.00p per share (2015: 2.76p) increases 
the total dividend per share for the year by 7.7% to 4.35p, representing 
dividend cover of 2.9 times pre-exceptional earnings for the year and a 
rolling three year cover after exceptional items of 2.5 times. The Board’s 
policy  is  to  maintain  dividend  growth  on  a  consistent  basis  at  between 
2.0 and 2.5 times three year rolling cover. This year’s dividend increase 
has  resulted  in  dividend  cover  at  the  prudent  end  of  the  policy  range 
which the Board consider to be appropriate given the forthcoming cash 
requirements  of  the  business  in  order  to  fund  the  impending  UK  site 
relocation.  Nevertheless,  this  represents  an  increase  in  the  dividend 
of  50%  over  the  last  five  years.  Basic  earnings  per  share  (adjusted  to 
exclude exceptional items – see note 11 to the financial statements) for 
the year increased by 7.5% to 12.84p (2015: 11.94p). The calculation 
of earnings per share excludes those shares which are held by the Treatt 
Employee Benefit Trust (EBT) and Treatt SIP Trust (SIP) since they do not 
rank for dividend, and is based upon adjusted profit after tax.

Foreign exchange gains and losses
Whilst  the  Group’s  functional  currency  is  the  British  Pound  (‘Sterling’) 
as explained below, the amount of business which is transacted in other 
currencies creates foreign exchange risk, particularly the US Dollar and, 
to a more limited extent, the Euro. During the year the US Dollar/Sterling 
rate  moved  materially  and  the  US  Dollar  ended  the  year  14%  stronger 
against GBP at £1=$1.30 (2015: £1 = $1.51). As explained further in this 
report under ‘Treasury Policies’, the Group hedges its foreign exchange 
risk  at  R  C  Treatt  by  holding  and  managing  US  Dollar  borrowings  and 
taking  out  forward  currency  contracts  and  options.  This  can  result  in 
timing  differences  in  the  short  term,  giving  rise  to  re-translation  gains 
or losses in the income statement. This has resulted in a small loss on 
trading transactions of less than £0.1m in 2016 (2015: £0.3m loss) and 
a loss on foreign exchange contracts of £2.2m (2015: £0.2m gain) which 
has been netted off the revenue line in the income statement. As part of 
the  Group’s  hedge  accounting,  a  foreign  exchange  gain  of  £0.2m  was 
taken to reserves through the Statement of Other Comprehensive Income 
(2015: £0.2m loss).

* All measures are adjusted to exclude exceptional items.

17

OVERVIEW Annual Report & Financial Statements 2016TREATT PLC   IFinancial review continued

There  was  a  substantial  currency  gain  of  £2.6m  (2015:  £0.8m)  in  the 
‘Statement of Comprehensive Income’ in relation to the Group’s investment 
in overseas subsidiaries, principally in respect of Treatt USA.

Finance costs
The Group’s net finance costs for the year decreased by 4.0% to £0.71m 
(2015: £0.74m) as a result of the combined effect of lower levels of net 
debt and marginally lower interest rates. Although debt levels have fallen 
considerably, this has not fed through to substantially lower charges since 
a significant proportion of the Group’s finance costs are fixed through an 
interest rate swap (see below), and the carrying cost of unutilised facilities 
now  represents  a  far  greater  proportion  of  the  overall  cost.  The  Board 
continue to be of the view that whilst a significant proportion of current 
banking  facilities  remain  unutilised,  the  current  level  of  these  facilities 
remains appropriate in order to manage cash flow peaks during the year 
and also in the light of significant capital expenditure requirements over 
the  next  few  years.  Interest  cover  for  the  year  increased  to  13.6  times 
(2015: 11.7 times). 

As part of the Group’s risk management, in 2011 R C Treatt fixed $9m 
of US Dollar borrowings at 5.68% for ten years by way of an interest rate 
swap. This swap has been designated as a ‘hedge’ in accordance with 
IFRS  and  consequently  any  movements  in  the  mark-to-market  of  the 
swap are taken directly to equity. At the balance sheet date, the fair value 
liability, net of deferred tax, of the swap was £0.8m (2015: £0.6m). 

Group Tax Charge
The current tax charge of £2.4m (2015: £1.9m) represents an effective 
rate (based on profit before tax and exceptional items) of 27.0% (2015: 
24.2%).  After  providing  for  deferred  tax,  the  overall  tax  charge  has 
increased  by  £0.3m  to  £2.1m  (2015:  £1.8m);  an  overall  effective  tax 
rate (after exceptional items) of 26% (2015: 23%). The increase in the 
tax  rate  applicable  for  the  year  reflects  a  different  profit  mix  between 
tax  jurisdictions.  There  were  no  significant  adjustments  required  to  the 
previous year’s tax estimates. With corporation tax rates continuing to fall 
in the UK until they reach an expected 17% in 2020, the Group’s overall 
effective rate of tax is expected to fall over the next four years assuming the 
profit mix between tax jurisdictions remains broadly unchanged.

Balance Sheet 
Group  shareholders’  funds  grew  by  £4.0m  (2015:  £4.4m)  in  the  year  to 
£37.2m (2015: £33.2m), with net assets per share increasing by 13% to 
71p (2015: 63p). Over the last five years, net assets per share have grown 
by 46%. The Board has chosen not to avail itself of the option under IFRS to 
revalue land and buildings annually and, therefore, all the Group’s land and 
buildings are held at historical cost, net of depreciation, in the balance sheet. 
It  should  be  noted  that  net  assets  have  been  reduced  by  £0.3m  (2015: 
£0.4m) as a result of shares held by the EBT and SIP, due to the accounting 
requirements for employee trusts. This impact will be reversed when these 
shares are used to satisfy the exercise of employee share options.

Cash Flow
The  Group  has  continued  to  improve  its  cash  performance  and  in  the 
year net debt fell by £4.5m to £1.7m (2015: £6.2m) with a corresponding 
reduction in the level of gearing from 19% to just 4%. This is the lowest 
debt level the Group has had since 2004 (when revenue was £32m and 
inventory was £8m for the Group). 

The levels of capital expenditure in the year remained very low with a total 
spend of just £0.7m compared with £1.0m in 2015. There were no major 
projects  in  the  year,  whilst  capital  expenditure  in  the  UK  tended  to  be 
related to on-going routine renewal and maintenance whilst plans progress 
towards the intended relocation. The cash flow benefit of delaying certain 
capital  projects  in  the  UK  in  anticipation  of  the  new  site  will  inevitably 
reverse  (as  explained  opposite)  as  both  delayed  projects,  and  brought 
forward capital expenditure, will occur as part of the site relocation.

The  Group  has  a  mix  of  secured  and  unsecured  borrowing  facilities 
totalling £22.4m, of which £3.1m expire in one year or less. The Group’s 

18

borrowing  facilities  are  held  with  HSBC,  Bank  of  America  and  Lloyds 
Banking  Group  with  the  majority  of  facilities  now  held  on  three  to  five 
year terms with expiry dates staggered to fall in different years. The Group 
continues  to  enjoy  positive  relationships  with  its  banks  and  expects  all 
facilities to be renewed when they fall due. 

Free cash flow

Cash conversion rate

2016

£8.0m

2016

84%

2015

Movement

£6.2m

+30%

2015

71%

Movement

+13%

There was an increase in cash tied up in inventory for the year of £2.5m. 
This  was  due  to  a  combination  of  higher  order  books  at  year  end,  the 
retranslation  of  inventory  held  in  the  US  resulting  from  a  stronger  US 
Dollar,  as  well  as  higher  prices  for  certain  key  raw  materials.  The  level 
of inventory, which is highly significant in cash terms, arises because as 
an ingredients specialist, Treatt takes many annual, and in some cases 
longer-term, contracts with customers as well as servicing the immediate 
spot needs of its diverse customer base. The success of the business has 
been built upon managing geographic, political and climatic risk of supply 
for  our  customers  by  judicious  purchasing  and  inventory  management 
to ensure continuity of supply and availability. Therefore it is part of the 
Group’s business model to hold significant levels of inventory, although 
typically less than 5% is on average more than a year old.

UK Site relocation
As explained in the Chairman’ Statement and CEO Report, we continue to 
progress detailed plans for relocating our UK business from its current site 
in Bury St. Edmunds, UK, to a brand new purpose-built facility.  This is a 
project which the Board believes is essential in order to deliver our growth 
objectives over the medium to long term. 

Although  a  project  such  as  this  is  extremely  complex,  and  since  the 
detailed  design  briefs  have  yet  to  be  put  out  to  tender,  all  costings  are 
by their nature estimates and have not been contracted for at this stage.  
Due to the many stakeholders involved, key elements of the timelines for 
the move such as planning approvals are outside our control and are also 
potentially subject to change.

Nevertheless we want to keep shareholders appraised of developments 
and  the  following  table  breaks  down  the  latest  cost  estimates  for 
the  project.    Note  that  these  include  costs  to  upgrade  our  plant  and 
machinery and new technologies.  As a business we keep abreast of new 
technologies which can add value to our operations and the move gives 
us the opportunity to incorporate some of these in the design and build of 
the new facility. The level of investment in this area is still subject to review 
but current estimates are in the order of £3m - £5m.  

The overall costs of this move break down into four key elements with the 
latest estimated costs as follows:

Land, buildings, and move costs  
Capital projects held back over the last three years  
Upgraded plant and machinery and new technologies   
Less: Disposal of current site 

Total estimated cash outflow over 2-3 years   

£20m – £26m
£3m – £5m
£3m – £5m
(£5m)

£21m – £31m

We hope to be in a position to commence the planning application process 
in early 2017, with construction estimated to begin in early 2018 and the 
new site being up and running by late 2019.  

Treatt Employee Benefit Trust and Treatt SIP Trust
The Group has an HMRC-approved Share Incentive Plan (SIP) for its UK 
employees, and as far as practicable, also offers a similar scheme to its 
US  staff.  All  UK  staff  with  a  year’s  service  were  awarded  £525  (2015: 
£500) of ‘Free Shares’ during the year as part of the Group’s employee 
incentive and engagement programme as the Board are firmly of the view 

I   TREATT PLC 
that increased employee share ownership is an important tool for driving 
positive employee engagement in the business. A similar scheme exists for 
US staff who were awarded $825 (2015: $800) of Restricted Stock Units 
during the year. These shares are forfeited by employees who leave within 
three years from the date of grant.

Under  the  SIP  UK  employees  could  also  purchase  £1,800  of  Treatt 
shares out of gross income at no cost to the company which the company 
matched on a one for one basis. In the year a total of 52,000 (2015: Nil) 
matching shares were granted.

During the year, 160,000 (2015: 90,000) shares were issued to the SIP at 
par (2 pence per share). The SIP currently holds 241,000 shares (2015: 
88,000),  of  which  17,000  are  beneficially  owned  by  the  company.  It  is 
anticipated that going forward the obligations under the SIP will be satisfied 
through the issue of further shares.

are based on the actual investment strategy for which returns of 5.35% 
and 3.45% for pre and post-retirement returns was assumed.

Financial Risk Management
The  Group  operates  conservative  treasury  policies  to  ensure  that  no 
unnecessary risks are taken with the Group’s assets.

No  investments  other  than  cash  and  other  short-term  deposits  are 
currently permitted. Where appropriate these balances are held in foreign 
currencies,  but  only  as  part  of  the  Group’s  overall  hedging  activity  as 
explained below.

The nature of Treatt’s activities is such that the Group could be affected by 
movements in certain exchange rates, principally between Sterling and the 
US Dollar, but other currencies such as the Euro can have a material effect 
as well. This risk manifests itself in a number of ways.

In  addition,  the  Group  continued  its  annual  programme  of  offering 
share option saving schemes to staff in the UK and USA. Under US tax  
legislation, staff at Treatt USA are able to exercise options annually, whilst 
the UK schemes provide for three-year saving plans.

Firstly, the value of the foreign currency net assets of Treatt USA and the 
overseas  Earthoil  companies  can  fluctuate  with  Sterling.  Currently  these 
are not hedged as the risks are considered insufficient to justify the cost of 
putting the hedge in place. 

Under the Long Term Incentive Plans which were approved by shareholders 
at the 2014 Annual General Meeting, Executive Directors and certain key 
employees were granted 520,000 nil cost share options during the year 
which will vest after three years on a sliding scale, subject to performance 
conditions. In total, options were granted over 806,000 (2015: 783,000) 
shares during the year, whilst 159,000 (2015: 220,000) were exercised 
from options awarded in prior years which have now vested. 

The Employee Benefit Trust (EBT) currently holds 577,000 shares (2015: 
736,000) acquired in the market in order to satisfy future option schemes. 
It  is  anticipated  that  going  forward,  all-employee  savings-related  share 
schemes will continue to be satisfied by shares held within the EBT, but 
that when necessary further shares will be issued to the EBT by increasing 
the share capital of the Parent Company.

Final Salary Pension Scheme
The R C Treatt final salary pension scheme (the “scheme”) has not been 
subject  to  any  further  accruals  since  31  December  2012  and  instead 
members  of  the  final  salary  pension  scheme  were  offered  membership 
of  the  company’s  defined  contribution  pension  plan  with  effect  from  
1 January 2013. This means that the defined benefit scheme has been 
de-risked as far as it is practicable and reasonable to do so.

The last three-year actuarial review of the scheme was carried out as at  
1 January 2015, the result of which was that the scheme had an actuarial 
surplus of £314,000. Consequently, the company was able to agree with 
the trustees that with effect from 1 October 2015 it did not need to make 
any further contributions to the scheme. It was further agreed that if the 
annual actuarial funding updates, before the next full actuarial review in 
2018, reveal that the funding level has fallen to 95% or less of the scheme 
liabilities, then the company would voluntarily resume contributions.

As required by The Pension Regulator, the actuarial review was updated 
on a consistent basis as at 30 September 2016 and, in common with most 
other  final  salary  pension  schemes,  this  revealed  an  actuarial  deficit  of 
£1.7m, being a funding level of 92% (2015: 103%). The reduction in the 
funding level largely resulted from a fall in the assumed future investment 
returns  for  the  fund.  The  company  has  therefore  agreed  to  resume  its 
previous contributions of £300k per annum on a voluntary basis until such 
time as the fund returns to surplus. 

Alongside  this,  the  IAS  19,  “Employee  Benefits”  pension  liability  in  the 
balance  sheet,  net  of  deferred  tax,  increased  in  the  year  from  £2.4m 
to  £6.1m.  This  is  the  largest  gap  between  the  actuarial  and  accounting 
positions since the introduction of IFRS in 2005. The principal cause of 
this difference is that IAS 19 requires that investment returns must reflect 
a 100% corporate bond return of 2.6%, whereas the actuarial calculations 

Secondly, with R C Treatt exporting throughout the world, fluctuations in 
Sterling’s value can affect both the gross margin and operating costs. Sales 
are principally made in two currencies in addition to Sterling, with the US 
Dollar being the most significant. Even if a sale is made in Sterling, its price 
may be set by reference to its US Dollar denominated raw material price 
and therefore has an impact on the Sterling gross margin. Raw materials 
are  also  mainly  purchased  in  US  Dollars  and  therefore  US  Dollar  bank 
accounts are operated, through which US Dollar denominated sales and 
purchases flow. Hence it is Sterling’s relative strength against the US Dollar 
that is of prime importance. 

As well as affecting the cash value of sales, US Dollar exchange movements 
can also have a significant effect on the replacement cost of stocks, which 
affects future profitability and competitiveness.

The  Group  therefore  has  a  policy  of  maintaining  the  majority  of  cash 
balances,  including  the  main  Group  overdraft  facilities,  in  US  Dollars 
and, to a lesser extent in Euros, as this is the most cost effective means of 
providing a natural hedge against movements in exchange rates. Where it 
is more cost effective to do so, the Group will enter into forward currency 
contracts  and  options  as  well.  Consequently,  during  the  year  forward 
currency  contracts  and  options  have  been  entered  into  which  hedge 
part  of  R  C  Treatt’s  foreign  exchange  risk.  These  contracts  and  options 
have been designated as formal ‘hedge’ arrangements, with movements 
in  mark-to-market  valuations  initially  taken  to  equity  and  re-cycled  to 
the  income  statement  to  match  with  the  appropriately  hedged  currency 
receipts. Currency accounts are also run for the other main currencies to 
which R C Treatt is exposed. This policy is expected to protect the Group 
against short-term swings in currencies.

Summary
In 2012 we embarked on a clear strategy for the Group to deliver long term, 
sustainable, growth in profits. Last year we refreshed our strategy through 
to 2020 by setting ourselves new goals whilst continuing with our central 
strategic objective of continual, steady, growth in profits which is sustained 
through a clear focus on long term thinking.

We can therefore look back on another successful year both in terms of 
profitability, but equally importantly in terms of cash performance. As we 
look ahead to the new financial year, which has got off to an encouraging 
start, the Group’s cash position puts the business in a strong position to 
make the very important investments needed to enable the Group to drive 
value for all stakeholders.

RICHARD HOPE
Finance Director
28 November 2016

19

OVERVIEW Annual Report & Financial Statements 2016TREATT PLC   I 
Directors’ Report

Financial statements
The Directors present their report and the audited financial statements for 
the Group for the year ended 30 September 2016.

Results and dividends
The results of the Group for the year are set out on page 53. Profit before 
tax  for  the  year  excluding  exceptional  items  was  £8,846,000  (2015: 
£7,950,000).

The  Directors  recommend  a  final  dividend  of  3.00p  (2015:  2.76p)  per 
ordinary share. This, when taken with the interim dividend of 1.35p (2015: 
1.28p) per share paid on 14 October 2016, gives a total dividend of 4.35p 
(2015: 4.04p) per share for the year ended 30 September 2016.

Corporate governance
The Corporate Governance Statement on pages 34 to 38 forms part of this 
Directors’ Report.

Directors
The Directors of the Parent Company are shown on page 96. 

Appointment and replacement of Directors
Rules about the appointment and replacement of Directors are set out in 
the Parent Company’s Articles of Association. Further details are provided 
in the Corporate Governance Statement on page 35.

Details of the Executive Directors’ contracts and notice periods are given in 
the Directors’ Remuneration Report on page 45. The Executive Directors’ 
contracts are terminable by the Group giving the required notice period 
of one year.

In  accordance  with  the  Parent  Company’s  Articles  of  Association  and 
as  reported  in  the  Corporate  Governance  Statement  on  page  35  (in 
recognition  of  Provision  B.7.1  of  the  2014  UK  Corporate  Governance 
Code) Anita Haines, David Johnston and Jeff Iliffe retire by rotation and 
Richard Illek retires, having been appointed during the year. All Directors, 
being eligible, offer themselves for re-election. The Nomination Committee 
confirms that the individuals’ performances continue to be effective and 
to demonstrate commitment to the role, including commitment of time for 
Board and Committee meetings and any other duties.

Directors’ interests in shares
The interests of Directors in shares of the Parent Company are shown in 
the Directors’ Remuneration Report on page 48.

Substantial shareholders
In accordance with Rule 5 of the Disclosure and Transparency Rules of the 
Financial Services Authority, the Parent Company has been notified of the 
following holdings of 3% or more of the voting rights at 24 November 2016 
(the latest practicable reporting date prior to publication of this document).

Discretionary Unit Fund Managers 
Schroder Investment Management 
Miton Capital Partners 
Barclays Wealth 
BMO Global Asset Management 

Number 

7,475,000 
6,816,345 
2,071,150 
1,900,900 
1,849,460 

%

14.42
13.15
  4.00
  3.74
  3.59

20

I   TREATT PLC 
 
 
Conflicts of interest
No Director had an interest in any contract of significance during the year. 
The Group has procedures in place for managing conflicts of interests. If 
a Director becomes aware that they, or a connected party, have an interest 
in an existing or proposed transaction with the Group, they should notify 
the Company Secretary as soon as possible. Directors have a continuing 
obligation  to  update  any  changes  to  conflicts  and  the  Board  formally 
reviews them annually. 

Directors’ and officers’ liability insurance
The  Group  maintains  Directors’  and  Officers’  liability  insurance  which 
is reviewed annually. The insurance covers the directors and officers of 
the Parent Company and its subsidiaries against the costs of defending 
themselves in civil proceedings taken against them in their capacity as 
a director or officer of a group company and in respect of damages or 
civil  fines  or  penalties  resulting  from  the  unsuccessful  defence  of  any 
proceedings.

Research and development
Product  innovation  and  research  and  development  are  a  critical  part 
of the Group’s strategy and business model as outlined in the Strategic 
Report on pages 26 to 33. The main research and development activity 
undertaken  by  the  Group  is  in  the  area  of  new  product  development. 
The Group utilises its strong technical capabilities to develop innovative 
products  that  provide  solutions  for  customers,  particularly  in  the  food 
and  beverage  area.  In  this  way  it  seeks  to  make  itself  indispensable  to 
a key group of major global multi-national companies. In the opinion of 
the  Directors,  continuity  of  investment  in  this  area  is  essential  for  the 
maintenance of the Group’s market position and for future growth.

Financial instruments
Information  on  the  Group’s  financial  risk  management  objectives  and 
policies  and  on  the  exposure  of  the  Group  to  relevant  risks  in  respect 
of financial instruments is set out in note 29 of the financial statements.

Going concern and viability statement
The Group’s business activities, together with the factors likely to affect 
its  future  development,  performance  and  position  are  set  out  in  the 
Chairman’s Statement, CEO’s Report and Financial Review on pages 10 
to 19. Information on the principal risks and uncertainties and how they 
are managed can be found in the Strategic Report on pages 26 to 30.

In accordance with provision C.2.2 of the 2014 UK Corporate Governance 
Code,  the  Directors  have  assessed  the  prospects  of  the  Group  over 
a  longer  period  than  the  12  months  required  by  the  “Going  Concern” 
provision, C.1.3 of the 2014 UK Corporate Governance Code. The Board 
conducted this review for a period of five years, which is consistent with 
the longer term financial plans for the Group.

In  determining  the  longer  term  viability  of  the  Group  the  Directors 
considered the Group’s business activities, together with the factors likely 
to  affect  its  future  development,  performance  and  position.  The  review 
also  included  the  financial  position  of  the  Group,  its  cash  flows,  and 
available sources of finance.

The  process  adopted  to  assess  the  viability  of  the  Group  involved  the 
modelling  a  series  of  theoretical  “stress  test”  scenarios  linked  to  the 
Group’s principal risks, which are shown on pages 26 to 30. Consideration 
was  also  given  to  the  impact  of  mitigating  risk,  as  well  as  their 
interdependencies. In assessing the Group’s prospects and resilience, the 
Directors have done so with reference to its current financial position and 
prospects, its recent and historical financial performance and forecasts, 
the  Board’s  risk  appetite  and  the  principal  risks  and  mitigating  factors 
described on pages 26 to 30.

The  key  factors  considered  by  the  Directors  within  the  five  year  review 
were:
•  the implications of the challenging economic environment and future 

uncertainties on the Group revenues and profits;
•  the implications of currently high orange oil prices;
•  the implication of the proposed site relocation in the UK; 
•  the  impact  of  the  competitive  environment  within  which  the  Group’s 

businesses operate;

•  the potential actions that could be taken in the event that revenues are 
worse  than  expected,  to  ensure  that  operating  profit  and  cash  flows 
are protected; 

•  the Group’s access to short, medium and long-term borrowing facilities 
to meet day-to-day working capital requirements as well as long-term 
investment requirements; 

•  the Group’s ability to access equity as a source of finance; and
•  a  sensitivity  analysis  which  involves  flexing  a  number  of  the  main 

assumptions underlying the five year plan.

The  current  expectations  regarding  the  costs  of  the  proposed  UK  site 
relocation are set out in the Financial Review on page 18. Given the levels 
of debt finance available to the Group to fund these investments and the 
possibility of raising equity finance should that be required, as at the date 
of this report, the Directors have not identified any material uncertainties 
which would affect the Group and Parent Company’s ability to continue as 
a going concern for a period of twelve months from the date of this annual 
report. Furthermore, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the 
Group has adequate resources available to it to continue in business and 
meet its liabilities over the five year period of their viability assessment.   

Accordingly, the Directors continue to adopt the going concern basis in 
preparing these financial statements.

Health and safety
The Group’s on-going investment in health and safety continued during 
the  financial  year  and  forms  an  integral  part  of  the  Group’s  strategy, 
remaining  at  the  forefront  of  all  our  operations.  Particular  emphasis  is 
placed upon continuous improvement by way of a comprehensive Safety 
Management  System  designed  to  monitor  and  measure  over-arching 
policies  and  procedures,  and  a  range  of  key  indicators  are  maintained 
and reported at every Board meeting. 

The UK headquarters is designated as a top tier site under the Control of 
Major Accident Hazards Regulations 1999 (“COMAH”), which is enforced 
by the Competent Authority, being the Health and Safety Executive and 
the Environment Agency. The main aim of the regulations is to prevent 
and  mitigate  the  effects  of  major  accidents  involving  substances  which 
can cause damage/harm to people and/or the environment. Accordingly, 
Treatt  is  regulated  under  the  stringent  COMAH  regulations  and  works 
closely  with  the  Health  and  Safety  Executive  and  the  Environment 
Agency,  ensuring  that  the  safety  and  environmental  security  of  the  site 
is paramount. 

21

OVERVIEW Annual Report & Financial Statements 2016TREATT PLC   I 
Directors’ Report continued

A top to bottom culture of safety awareness and responsibility is actively 
promoted  and  a  training  programme  of  accredited  safety  management 
and awareness courses is in place across the workforce to help underpin 
the efforts of the health and safety professionals already employed within 
the Group. Members of staff are appointed as Safety Champions across 
the  Group  in  various  departments  and  provide  additional  monitoring 
capability  and  support  to  staff  on  a  day  to  day  basis.  These  additional 
responsibilities, for which Safety Champions receive payment, ensure that 
safety remains a top priority in the business.

Employee  health  and  well-being  is  monitored  and  dedicated,  bespoke 
support is provided where necessary. 

Greenhouse gas emissions
The Group’s disclosures on greenhouse gas emissions have been included 
within the Strategic Report on page 31.

Employees
The Group’s disclosures on employees have been included in the Strategic 
Report on page 32.

Structure of share capital
The  Parent  Company’s  share  capital  comprises  52,655,170  ordinary 
shares with a nominal value of 2 pence each. All of the Parent Company’s 
issued ordinary shares are fully paid up and rank equally in all respects. 
The rights attached to them, in addition to those conferred on their holders 
by law, are set out in the Articles, a copy of which can be found on the 
Treatt website or obtained on request from the Company Secretary.

Details  of  the  issued  ordinary  share  capital  of  the  Parent  Company 
and  movements  during  the  year  are  set  out  in  note  24  of  the  financial 
statements.  During  the  current  period  the  Parent  Company  issued 
160,000 shares to Treatt SIP Trustees Limited (2015: 90,000).

Restrictions on transfer of securities
There  are  no  restrictions  on  the  transfer  of  ordinary  shares  or  on  the 
exercise  of  voting  rights  attached  to  them,  except  (i)  where  the  Parent 
Company has exercised its right to suspend their voting rights or to prohibit 
their transfer following the omission of their holder or any person interested 
in them to provide the Parent Company with information requested by it 
in accordance with Part 22 of the Companies Act 2006 or (ii) where their 
holder is precluded from exercising voting rights by the Financial Services 
Authority’s Listing Rules or the City Code on Takeovers and Mergers.

Rights and obligations of ordinary shares
On a show of hands at a general meeting every holder of ordinary shares 
present  in  person  or  by  proxy  and  entitled  to  vote  shall  have  one  vote 
and on a poll, every member present in person or by proxy and entitled 
to vote shall have one vote for every ordinary share held. Subject to the 
relevant statutory provisions and the Articles, holders of ordinary shares 
are entitled to a dividend where declared or paid out of profits available 
for such purposes.

Articles of Association
The powers of the Directors are conferred on them by UK legislation and 
the Articles of Association. Changes to the Articles must be approved by 
shareholders passing a special resolution at a general meeting.

22

Powers of the Directors and purchase of own shares
At the forthcoming Annual General Meeting in 2017, the Parent Company 
will be seeking a renewal of the shareholder authority for the Directors’ to 
purchase up to 10% of the Parent Company’s ordinary shares, although at 
present the Directors have no plans to buy back any shares. It is, however, 
considered prudent to have the authority in place in order that the Parent 
Company is able to act at short notice if circumstances warrant.  

A resolution will also be proposed at the 2017 Annual General Meeting, 
to  renew  the  power  given  to  the  Directors  to  issue  new  shares  up  to 
an amount of 33% of the existing issued share capital, in line with the 
latest institutional guidelines issued by the Association of British Insurers 
(ABI), of which 5% of the existing issued share capital can be issued by 
disapplying pre-emption rights. 

It is the Parent Company’s intention to seek renewal of these general 
authorities annually.

In order to provide the Parent Company with greater flexibility in view of 
its  intention  for  a  full  site  relocation  of  its  UK  operation,  as  last  year  a 
further  resolution  will  also  be  proposed  at  the  Annual  General  Meeting 
seeking authority to disapply pre-emption rights on a further 5% of the 
existing issued share capital for use in connection with a specified capital 
investment,  being  the  site  relocation.  The  request  for  such  authority 
is in accordance with the 2015 guidelines issued by the Pre-emption 
Group and further details are set out in the notice of Annual General 
Meeting.  These  authorities,  if  granted  by  shareholders  at  the  Annual 
General  Meeting,  will  expire  at  the  conclusion  of  the  Annual  General 
Meeting in 2018. 

Treatt Employee Benefit Trust (the “EBT”)
The EBT holds ordinary shares in the Parent Company (acquired in the 
market) in order to meet obligations under the Group’s employee share 
option  schemes.  No  shares  (2015:  Nil)  were  purchased  by  the  EBT 
during  the  year  ended  30  September  2016.  The  trustees  have  waived 
their  voting  rights  and  their  right  to  receive  dividends  in  respect  of  the 
ordinary shares held by the EBT. 

Treatt SIP Trustees Limited (the “SIP Trust”)
The SIP Trust holds ordinary shares in the Parent Company in order to 
meet the obligations under the Group’s Share Incentive Plan in the UK 
which  was  approved  at  the  2014  Annual  General  Meeting.  During  the 
year 160,000 (2015: 90,000) shares were issued under a block listing 
application. Voting rights are waived on all shares held in the SIP Trust, 
whether  or  not  allocated  to  participants  under  the  rules  of  the  Share 
Incentive Plan. Dividends are only waived in respect of shares which have 
not been allocated to participants; dividends received by the SIP Trust on 
behalf of participants are reinvested in shares at market value on the date 
of reinvestment.

Annual General Meeting and restrictions on voting deadlines
The Annual General Meeting of the Parent Company will be held at Treatt 
plc, Northern Way, Bury St Edmunds, Suffolk, IP32 6NL on 27 January 
2017. The Notice of Meeting and explanatory notes are given on pages 
91 to 95. The notice of any general meeting will specify the deadline for 
exercising voting rights and appointing a proxy or proxies to vote in relation 
to resolutions to be proposed at a general meeting. The number of proxy 
votes for, against or withheld in respect of each resolution are announced 
and published on the Treatt website after the meeting.

I   TREATT PLCAuditors
RSM  UK  Audit  LLP  has  indicated  its  willingness  to  continue  in  office. 
On  the  recommendation  of  the  Audit  Committee,  resolutions  are  to  be 
proposed at the Annual General Meeting for the re-appointment of RSM 
UK Audit LLP as auditors of the Parent Company and its subsidiaries, and 
to authorise the Board to fix their remuneration. The remuneration of the 
auditors for the year ended 30 September 2016 is disclosed in note 5 of 
the financial statements.

Directors’ statement pursuant to the Disclosure and Transparency Rules
Each  of  the  Directors,  whose  names  and  functions  are  listed  in  the 
Directors’ Report, confirms that, to the best of their knowledge:

a.  the  financial  statements,  prepared  in  accordance  with  IFRS  as 
adopted by the EU, give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, 
financial position and profit of the Group and Parent Company and the 
undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole; and

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities
The  Directors  are  responsible  for  preparing  the  Directors’  Report,  the 
Strategic  Report,  the  Directors’  Remuneration  Report,  the  Corporate 
Governance Statement and the financial statements in accordance with 
applicable law and regulations.

b.  the Strategic Report contained in the annual report includes a fair review 
of the development and performance of the business and the position 
of  the  Group  and  the  undertakings  included  in  the  consolidation 
taken as a whole, together with a description of the principal risks and 
uncertainties that they face.

Statement as to Disclosure of Information to Auditors
The Directors who were in office on the date of approval of these financial 
statements  have  confirmed,  as  far  as  they  are  aware,  that  there  is  no 
relevant  audit  information  of  which  the  auditors  are  unaware.  Each  of 
the Directors have confirmed that they have taken all the steps that they 
ought to have taken as Directors in order to make themselves aware of any 
relevant audit information and to establish that it has been communicated 
to the auditors.

This report was approved by the Board on 28 November 2016.

ANITA STEER
Secretary

Company law requires the Directors to prepare Group and Parent Company 
financial  statements  for  each  financial  year.  The  Directors  are  required 
under the listing rules of the Financial Conduct Authority to prepare Group 
financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting 
Standards (“IFRS”) as adopted by the European Union (“EU”) and have 
elected  under  company  law  to  prepare  the  Parent  Company  financial 
statements in accordance with IFRS as adopted by the EU.

The Group financial statements are required by law, and IFRS adopted by 
the EU, to present fairly the financial position of the Group and the Parent 
Company and the financial performance of the Group. The Companies 
Act  2006  provides,  in  relation  to  such  financial  statements,  that 
references in the relevant part of that Act to financial statements giving 
a true and fair view are references to their achieving a fair presentation.

Under  company  law  the  Directors  must  not  approve  the  financial 
statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of 
the state of affairs of the Group and the Parent Company and of the profit 
of the Group for that period. 

In preparing each of the Group and Parent Company financial statements, 
the Directors are required to:

a.   select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;
b.  make judgements and estimates that are reasonable and prudent;
c.  state  whether  they  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  IFRSs 

adopted by the EU;

d.  prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is 
inappropriate to presume that the Group and the Parent Company will 
continue in business.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records 
that  are  sufficient  to  show  and  explain  the  Group’s  and  the  Parent 
Company’s  transactions  and  disclose  with  reasonable  accuracy  at  any 
time  the  financial  position  of  the  Group  and  the  Parent  Company  and 
enable  them  to  ensure  that  the  financial  statements  and  the  Directors’ 
Remuneration  Report  comply  with  the  Companies  Act  2006  and,  as 
regards the Group financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation. 
They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Group and the 
Parent Company and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention 
and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

23

OVERVIEW Annual Report & Financial Statements 2016TREATT PLC   I 
 
 
THE BOARD

TREATT PLC is led by an experienced Board  
of Directors, which comprises of two Executive 
Directors, one Non-executive Chairman and 
four Non-executive Directors. Together, the 
Executive Directors bring a combined 54 years’ 
experience to the Group. 

During the course of the year Ian Neil  
retired and Richard Illek was appointed  
as a Non-executive Director.

2

5

24

3

6

1

4

7

I   TREATT PLC1

Daemmon Reeve 

Chief Executive Officer, first appointed 2012
Daemmon joined R C Treatt & Co Ltd, the Group’s UK operating subsidiary, 
in  1991  and  gained  extensive  industry  experience  and  knowledge  from 
his  time  in  technical,  operational,  sales  and  purchasing  disciplines. 
In  July  2010  he  was  appointed  CEO  of  Treatt  USA  and  became  Group 
CEO in August 2012. A key part of his role is to help provide the cultural 
environment for the success of Treatt and its fantastic team, making Treatt 
a fun place to work along the way. It is the output of our engaged teams 
which is driving the success of Treatt. Seeing our excellent team succeed 
is what excites Daemmon most about Treatt. 

Chairman

Jeff Iliffe

4
Non-executive Director, first appointed 2013
Jeff  Iliffe  BSc  ACA  has  widespread  experience  of  the  City,  industry  and 
internet-based businesses, including acquisitions, business integration and 
investor relations.

He  was  CFO  of  Abcam  plc  from  2007  until  recently,  as  the  company 
delivered huge growth to become a world leading life sciences business. 
Previously he was a corporate financier at Panmure Gordon & Co, during 
which  time  he  advised  Treatt,  and  has  held  senior  financial  positions  in 
environmental, biotechnology and internet based businesses.

Family,  craft  beer  and  travel  fill  the  moments  Daemmon  is  not  thinking 
about the business.

He is also a trustee of the Cambridge Arts Theatre.

Chairman

Tim Jones

2
Non-executive Chairman, first appointed 2012
Tim has led Treatt’s Board as its Chairman since 2012. He also runs Allia, a 
charitable organisation providing resources to the third sector through Stock 
Exchange listed Bonds, business mentoring and the provision of workspace.

He began a career in financial services with Royal Insurance in the 1970s 
and subsequently held posts in the Middle East, the US and Europe before 
entering the beverage/water bottling sector in the early 1990s, including a 
joint venture in the Balkans.

The  Judge  Business  School  at  Cambridge  University  awarded  him  its 
Certificate  in  Enterprise  in  May  2007  and  made  him  Entrepreneur  in 
Residence in 2012, a Mentor in 2014 and an Honorary Fellow in 2016. 

Tim is a non-executive director of Retail Charity Bonds plc and serves on 
the advisory board of the Lord Ashcroft International Business School. He 
remains actively involved in the City of London where he is a Freeman and 
a Liveryman. Tim is a family man, an enthusiastic cook, a patient skier and 
a novice sailor.

Richard Hope

3
Finance Director, first appointed 2003
Richard qualified as a Chartered Accountant in 1990 at PWC and was 
certified a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and 
Wales in 2010. He held a number of senior finance positions for almost 
20 years in value-added manufacturing businesses prior to joining Treatt, 
including Hampshire Cosmetics Limited.

Jeff  really  enjoys  working  with  such  a  talented,  knowledgeable  and 
committed team at Treatt and has a passion for live music, particularly jazz.

Anita Haines

5
Non-executive Director, first appointed 2002
Anita joined R C Treatt & Co Ltd as Company Secretary in 1988. In 2000 
she was appointed as Human Resource Manager and HR Director for the 
Group in October 2002. She retired as an Executive Director in February 
2014 but remains on the Board as a Non-executive Director. What excites 
Anita about Treatt is the people. When she joined there were only 66 people 
on the payroll, all working out of Northern Way, and while subsequently our 
numbers have grown and we have become international, people are still at 
the heart of our businesses.

Richard Illek

6
Non-executive Director, first appointed 2016
Richard Illek was appointed to the Board as a Non-executive Director with 
effect from 1 June 2016. Richard retired from PepsiCo effective 31 March 
2016, following 28 years with the company, during which time he served in 
various senior roles around the world including Plant Manager, QA Manager 
and  Technical  Services  Director,  culminating  in  his  most  recent  role  as 
Senior Director Manufacturing and Formulations.

Richard  is  an  enthusiastic  golfer,  skier  and  gardener.  He  is  a  strong 
Liverpool fan and loves rock music.

7

David Johnston  
Senior Independent Director

Chairman

Richard  is  a  passionate  skier,  massive  Liverpool  fan  and  is  learning  to 
play golf. He gets a sense of pride walking into a supermarket with the 
knowledge  that  Treatt  has  ingredients  in  a  large  number  of  well-known 
consumer products.

Non-executive Director, first appointed 2011
David started his career working as a biochemist for the UK government 
prior  to  transferring  to  Switzerland  where  he  worked  on  an  international 
program to enhance the resistance of plants to pathogens.

Nomination Committee

Remuneration Committee

Audit Committee

He  then  joined  one  of  the  leading  flavour  and  fragrance  companies, 
Firmenich  SA,  in  a  variety  of  commercial  and  technical  roles  over  13 
years. He finished his career at Firmenich SA as head of flavour innovation 
globally. He then started his own company, Natural Taste Consulting SARL, 
focused on the development and sales of taste modifying compounds.

David also serves as a non-executive director of James Finlay Ltd.

25

OVERVIEW Annual Report & Financial Statements 2016TREATT PLC   I 
 
 
Strategic Report

OVERVIEW
The  Group  is  required  to  produce  a  strategic  report  complying  with  the 
requirements of The Companies Act 2006 (Strategic Report and Directors’ 
Report) Regulations 2013 (“the Regulations”). 

An overview of the Group’s strategy and business model is set out below 
and together with the Chairman’s Statement, CEO’s Report and Financial 
Review on pages 10 to 19, form part of this Group Strategic Report. This 
incorporates a review of the Group’s activities, its business performance 
and  developments  during  the  year,  as  well  as  an  indication  of  likely  
future developments. 

The  Board  approved  an  updated  Group  strategy  in  July  2015  and  this 
was presented to all employees with management responsibility in the UK 
and US by the Executive Directors at strategy days held during September 
and October 2015. These managers ensure that the strategy is thoroughly 
communicated throughout the business and that each member of their 
team  understands  how  they  can  have  a  positive  impact  on  the  overall 
Group strategy. The main objective of the strategy remains as reported in 
the 2015 report and accounts; the focus is on the delivery of long-term 
and  consistent  growth  in  profitability  by  focusing  on  those  customers 
and  products  which  can  bring  Treatt  long-term  sustainable  value.  The 
strategy places a strong focus on building close, long-term relationships 
with customers in the beverage sector, providing them with solutions for 
differential advantage in the marketplace.

Our  business  model  is  designed  to  deliver  consistent,  quality  ingredient 
solutions  to  our  customers,  driven  by  listening  to  and  anticipating  their 
needs. In doing so, we are increasingly leveraging our position as a key 
supplier to major global multi-national corporations. Key to the success of 
our business model is our experience and knowledge of the ingredients we 
handle, and our focus on product innovation.

We  recognise  that  it  is  important  to  be  able  to  respond  to  customer 
requests for samples in a timely manner and with products that meet their 
needs and expectations. Accordingly, during the year further investment 
has been made in China to establish a local laboratory that is able to work 
on, and dispatch, samples to customers without them having to wait for a 
sample from the UK to clear customs in China. The product library in China 
has been specifically selected to appeal to the Chinese palette, rather than 
catering  to  western  tastes.  The  new  laboratory  also  enables  samples  to 
be  modified  efficiently  to  comply  with  customer  specifications,  thereby 
enabling Treatt to grow its sales into China at a faster pace. 

In serving the flavour, fragrance and FMCG industries, we place a particular 
emphasis on the beverage market, including alcoholic beverages, where 
many of our innovative ingredient solutions are used.

In  order  to  deliver  long-term  sustainable  profit  growth,  the  following  key 
pillars to our strategy will support a focused sales approach:

•  MEETING  CUSTOMER  NEEDS  –  We  have  an  excellent  reputation  for 
delivering  quality  products,  which  meet  the  needs  of  the  customer. 
We regularly challenge and improve our quality control and assurance 
processes to ensure that our customers receive quality products, right 
first time. Our market place is increasingly dynamic and our customers 
continually  seek  innovative  ways  to  differentiate  their  offering  in  the 
consumer  space  through  various  means  with  differential  flavour 
advantage.  Treatt’s  expertise  in  flavour  innovation  and  solutions  that 
provide authenticity bring significant value to the customer.

•  SOLUTIONS IN MANY FORMS – At Treatt we recognise that an ingredient 
solution  may  take  many  different  forms.  Some  will  be  more  closely 
aligned with our traditional ingredients business, which we continue to 
operate but with a more focused approach; others will involve greater 
innovation  and  the  use  of  new  and  exciting  ingredients  and  blends 
crafted by our experienced and skilled employees, many of whom are 
regarded as experts in their respective fields, from sugar reduction to 
brewing, from citrus to tea. It is by building trust through offering our 
experts  to  assist  our  customers’  needs  that  we  reach  a  high  level  of 
customer engagement on many fronts. This trust increases the likelihood  

26

of  customers  increasingly  turning  to  Treatt  as  opposed  to  “shopping” 
opportunities in the market.

•  DIFFERENTIAL  ADVANTAGE  –  Treatt  has  many  skilled,  qualified  and 
experienced  staff  in  all  areas  of  the  business  and  investment  in  the 
Group’s technical capabilities continues. We recognise that these staff 
bring  added-value  to  our  products  and  our  customers’  businesses 
and  therefore  they  often  accompany  the  sales  team  on  visits  and  at 
exhibitions, working closely with customers to meet their needs. Sales is 
the responsibility of all employees and culturally at Treatt all departments 
are aligned behind the needs of the customer.

•  CUSTOMER INTIMACY – Building close relationships with our customers 
is  essential;  by  providing  them  with  value  propositions,  which  meet 
or  exceed  their  needs,  we  aim  to  build  a  level  of  intimacy  with  our 
customers  where  Treatt  is  their  first  choice  supplier  for  ingredients 
solutions, without the need to brief other suppliers.

•  CULTURE – At Treatt our culture within the business is critically important 
to our success. We recognise that a happy, well-motivated and engaged 
workforce  is  a  more  successful  one  and  we  drive  relentlessly  at 
reinforcing our culture to enable our talented colleagues to thrive in a 
great environment. As part of the previous strategy implementation, we 
moved to “One Treatt” and now operate the business on a progressively 
global  platform.  We  encourage  staff  to  get  to  know  each  other,  share 
experiences, communicate and work as a team. A business is only as 
good as its people – we attract and promote the most talented people to 
drive our business, and importantly our culture, forward and foster an 
environment of creativity, responsibility, accountability and enjoyment. 

Health and safety will always remain a key priority in the business. Without 
a  safe  business  the  Group  cannot  exist.  We  continuously  train  and  re-
train our staff to ensure that we operate best health and safety practices 
throughout the organisation.

A continued focus on health and safety and encouragement of the reporting 
of incidents has resulted in a decrease in the number of accidents, with 
only one reportable accident at both Treatt USA and Earthoil Kenya and 
none at R C Treatt. Although reportable, neither of the accidents resulted 
in serious injury to staff and appropriate actions were taken in response to 
reduce the likelihood of further occurrences. 

The  average  number  of  sick  days  per  employee  has  again  increased 
despite new absence policies having been introduced in 2014. Whilst the 
incidence of short term sickness remains consistent with last year there has 
been a further increase in long-term absence caused by serious illness. It is 
anticipated that, due to the demographic of our workforce, this pattern will 
continue and may result in further increases in the long term sickness rate.

The health and safety of our workforce continues to be a priority; accident 
and  sickness  levels  are  reported  to  the  Board  at  each  meeting  and  a 
process of continuous improvement ensures that action is taken to improve 
the safety of the working environment at every opportunity. Occupational 
Health are involved with employees at an early stage in order to try and 
reduce  long  term  absence  and  reasonable  adjustments  are  made  to 
working  hours  and  duties  to  assist  employees  in  returning  to  work  in  a 
structured and safe manner. The Group has appropriate insurance policies 
in place to assist those staff on long term absence, in order to ensure that 
they do not suffer financially. 

Principal Risks and Uncertainties
Whilst the Board has overall responsibility for setting the risk appetite within 
the business and for Group risk management, day to day risk management 
responsibility is delegated to the Executive Directors who work closely with 
the senior management teams in reviewing and monitoring risk across the 
business. Risk appetite is an expression of the type and amount of risk we 
are  willing  to  accept  to  achieve  our  strategic  objectives.  The  Board  sets 
the appetite for risk across the business by reviewing and challenging the 
risk registers and ensuring that risks are considered and mitigated to an 
appropriate degree and that they are consistent with the strategic objectives 
of the business. The register inherently defines the level of risk the Board 
is content for the business to be subjected to and is a key consideration in 

I   TREATT PLC 
 
 
 
Key Performance Indicators (KPIs)1
KPIs have been set at Group level, having been devised to allow the Board and shareholders to monitor the Group as a whole, as well as the operating 
businesses  within  the  Group.  The  Group  has  financial  KPIs  which  it  monitors  on  a  regular  basis  at  Board  level  and,  where  relevant,  at  operational 
executive management meetings as follows:

2016 

2015 

2014 

2013 

2012

Growth in adjusted profit before tax 
Growth in adjusted basic earnings per share 
Net operating margin 
Return on capital employed2 
Average net debt to EBITDA 

11.3% 
7.5% 
10.8% 
24.6% 
0.35 

15.2% 
20.0% 
10.1% 
22.1% 
0.78 

10.9% 
15.2% 
9.6% 
19.6% 
0.99 

23.1% 
25.6% 
9.4% 
19.4% 
1.28 

(20.6%)
(19.1%)
7.6%
14.4%
1.52

1 All KPIs are calculated excluding exceptional items.
2 Return is defined as operating profit. Capital employed is defined as net assets plus net debt. 

Further explanation of the calculations is given on page 9.

In addition, the Board monitors a number of non-financial key performance indicators relating to health and safety and employee well-being as follows:

Number of reportable accidents across the Group 
Average number of sick days per employee 

decision-making across the Group and helps to define the actions required 
to mitigate our risks. Effective risk management is inherent in the culture 
of the Group and the way in which we do business. An understanding of 
the risks within our business and their strategic, commercial, financial and 
legal implications encourages clear decision-making in respect of the risks 
that we will and will not take.

As  well  as  being  inherent  in  the  way  we  work,  our  risk  management 
framework  provides  a  consistent  and  structured  process  for  identifying, 
assessing,  responding  to  and  monitoring  risk.  The  senior  management 
teams compile Group risk registers considering the effects of risks on the 
business  and  determining  appropriate  and  proportionate  risk  mitigation 
strategies. Responsibility for monitoring and review of each risk is taken 
by a designated senior member of staff, ensuring that there is appropriate 
accountability. The risk register includes over 80 risks which are rated on 
their  probability  and  impact  and  re-rated  after  mitigation.  Any  risks  that 
remain classified as high or medium post mitigation form the Board risk 
register, providing details of those risks that may impact upon the strategic 
direction of the Group. The Board reviews the detailed risk registers twice a 
year and upon any material change, with any amendments, control issues, 
accidents or commercial, financial or reputational issues being reported to 
the Board in the meantime.

The  Board  has  conducted  a  review  of  the  effectiveness  of  the  Group’s 
system of internal controls and risk management procedures. The Board 
receives an annual paper detailing the effectiveness of the Group’s internal 
controls,  which  is  reviewed  and  discussed  by  the  Board.  This  paper 
covers all material controls including financial, operating and compliance 
controls. The Board has also monitored and reviewed the effectiveness of 
the Group’s approach to risk management and has solicited the views of 
a number of senior managers relating to health and safety and legal and 
insurance  matters  and  the  management  of  those  risks.  The  Board  has 
concluded  that  the  current  risk  management  procedures  for  identifying 
risks and considering risk mitigation are appropriate.

Whilst foreign exchange is a risk to the business and the underlying impact 
of the strengthening US dollar has had an effect on profits in the financial 
year, it is not a material risk to the strategy due to its short term effects and 
due to the hedging strategies which we have in place. The majority of the 
Group’s raw material purchases are made in US dollars, as are the majority 
of the Group’s sales. Sharp fluctuations in currency have a short term effect 
on the Group’s profits. However, the Group has hedging policies in place 
which minimise the impact of movements in the US dollar exchange rate. 
Further information on how the Group manages its foreign exchange risk is 
given in the Financial Review on pages 16 to 19.

Following the decision of the United Kingdom to leave the European Union 
(known as “Brexit”) the Board and management team have continued to 
monitor the impact that this may have on the business; and beyond the 
impact of currency movements there has been no visible impact on the 

2016 

2 
4.29 

2015 

5 
3.66 

2014 

3 
3.39 

2013

3
3.45

business from Brexit. The detail of how the UK intends to exit the EU is yet 
to be decided, however, management believe Treatt’s global footprint gives 
it significant flexibility to face any challenges that may arise. 

As explained in the CEO Review, the immediate impact of Brexit related 
to movements in foreign exchange rates. We do not currently foresee any 
regulatory changes as a result of Brexit that we would expect to have a 
material impact on our business. Nevertheless we will continue to monitor 
the situation closely, including the following areas of potential impact on 
our business:

•  Short-term  volatility  in  exchange  rates.  The  continued  weakness  of 
Sterling against the currencies in which the Group trades, such as that 
seen since the UK’s referendum vote to leave the EU, would be positive 
for  revenues  and  profitability.  With  the  increasing  revenue  flows  from 
our US business, which continues to grow, Treatt has benefited from the 
strengthening of the US Dollar in this respect and we regard a stronger, 
but stable, Dollar as being beneficial for our business. As Richard Hope 
reports in more detail in his Financial Review, our foreign exchange (FX) 
hedging model mitigates short term volatilities in FX, which is designed 
to unwind over a period of time depending on our prevailing inventory 
turn. A large majority of our inventory is US Dollar denominated. Our 
policy is to hedge a material proportion of estimated net foreign currency 
cash flows, on a rolling basis. Consequently, the impact on earnings of 
Sterling volatility since the referendum is expected to be limited in the 
2017 financial year.

•  Increases  or  decreases  to  import  or  export  tariffs  both  with  EU 
countries  and  globally,  dependent  upon  the  outcome  of  future  
trade negotiations. 

Last year, in light of the increased emphasis on risk in the 2014 Corporate 
Governance Code, the Board reviewed the process of risk management 
and whether risk should fall within the remit of the Audit Committee, with 
the Board retaining overall responsibility. It was decided that due to the size 
of the Group, risk management should remain with the full Board but as 
the Group continues to grow, this will remain under review. 

How we manage risks
The management of risk is embedded within the framework of the Group, 
which includes:

•  the process of strategy setting;
•  a clear understanding of market conditions and raw material prices;
•  the quality of our people and culture;
•  established policies, procedures and internal controls;
•  processes for identification, review and monitoring of risk; 
•  regular dissemination of both financial and non-financial  

information and KPIs; and
•  oversight of risk by the Board.

27

OVERVIEW Annual Report & Financial Statements 2016TREATT PLC   I 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report continued

The Board has carried out a robust assessment of the principal risks and 
uncertainties facing the business, including those that would threaten the 
business  model,  future  performance,  solvency  or  liquidity.  The  following 
list  of  principal  risks  and  uncertainties  are  those  which  individually  or 
collectively might be expected to have the most significant impact on the 
long term performance of the business and its strategic priorities. 

The risk climate in relation to our people has been amended this year from 
an increasing risk to an unchanged risk, with skilled and experienced staff 
continuing to visit customers as part of our added-value proposition thereby 
increasing their networks and the possibility of them being poached. The 

risk  climate  in  movements  in  raw  material  prices  has  increased  with 
orange, in particular, currently at record high prices; although action taken 
during the year is designed to mitigate the risk of such price movements 
and it is an area in which Treatt is particularly experienced. A failure to 
comply  with  HMRC  approvals  in  respect  of  duty  free  ethanol  has  been 
removed since although it remains a risk, it is unlikely, at this stage, to have 
significant impact on the long term performance of the business. Although 
the flavoured alcohol beverage sector remains an important opportunity, 
sales  into  this  market  are  not  wholly  dependent  on  the  delivery  of  the 
product  in  ethanol  and  volumes,  although  increasing  steadily,  are  lower 
than volumes across the rest of the product portfolio. 

Strategic Priorities

4■Meeting customer needs [■Solutions in many forms 9■Differential advantage v■Customer intimacy H■Culture

Risk

People

Poaching of key 
staff

Effect

Strategic  
impact

Risk  
climate

Mitigation

9 
v 
H

As our highly skilled 
and experienced staff 
become increasingly 
customer facing the 
risk of them being 
headhunted increases

P
No change

Secure an emotional attachment to the 
business;
Salary and benefits to be appropriate to the 
position;
Ensure staff are empowered and have 
opportunities within the business

Financial

Movements in 
commodity raw 
material prices

Impact on 
contribution, possible 
stock shortages

4 
[

R
Increased

Regular stock meetings and inventory 
control with experienced members  
of staff;
Monitoring and communication of market 
conditions;
Long-term commodity contracts

Operational

Pressure on 
infrastructure 
from strategic 
business wins

Loss of revenue, 
damage to reputation, 
loss of key strategic 
customer

4 
[ 
v

P
No change

Ensure appropriate investment in 
infrastructure; 
Close communication between sales and 
operations to determine likelihood of large 
order and capacity restraints to manage 
customer expectations;
Manage sub-contractor relationships 

4 
[

P
No change

Loss of use of 
buildings, danger 
to staff, loss of 
equipment and 
product; Major 
incident due to type of 
products stored

Regularly inspect and maintain building 
components;
Implement hurricane action plan when 
necessary;
Sufficient spread of inventory between 
production facilities in UK and US; 
Appropriate insurance cover in place

Structural 
damage to 
production 
facilities, 
particularly at 
Treatt USA, 
which is in a 
location which 
suffers from 
major storms

28

Action during year

Proactive engagement 
initiatives, review and 
enhancement of benefits, 
increased investment in 
training, focused recruitment 
initiatives to create talent 
pipelines. Creating 
opportunities for knowledge 
sharing to spread the 
specialist knowledge (such as 
lunch and learns and product 
focused training)

Maintaining close contact 
with suppliers and continuing 
to gather and disseminate 
market intelligence on key 
raw materials, assisting our 
customers to manage price 
volatility as part of the Treatt 
service. Establishment of 
a designated internal team 
to improve management of 
Treatt’s most significant raw 
materials across the Group 

Continued investment in 
current sites as appropriate;
Purchase of new operational 
and technical equipment, 
which will be transferred  
to the new site in the UK 
where applicable, and increase 
in headcount in appropriate 
areas

Continued maintenance 
and upkeep of buildings. 
Hurricane action plan tested 
during Hurricane Matthew

I   TREATT PLCRisk

Effect

Operational (continued)

Inadequate 
documentation of 
processes and/
or adherence 
to required 
processes

Failure of third party 
audits and damage 
to reputation as 
problem-free supplier 

IT issues 
including 
network, 
hardware, data 
and security

Loss of IT systems 
and/or data, 
impacting on 
the ability of the 
business to function. 
Reputational damage 
and possible litigation

Strategic  
impact

Risk  
climate

Mitigation

4

4

P
No change

Strong commitment Group-wide to 
disciplined compliance to internal quality 
programs; Commitment to permit third 
party auditing 

P
No change

Well-constructed IT infrastructure with 
failover capabilities, supported by a 
comprehensive asset management 
database and best practice maintenance 
processes. Multi-layered security 
protection system in place. Security 
Team continuously search for and fix 
vulnerabilities, including those reported by 
3rd party security consultants

Action during year

Seven third party certification 
and regulatory audits 
facilitated and any non-
conformances rectified 
together with fourteen 
customer audits across the 
Group undertaken by large 
multi-national companies 

Review of infrastructure 
resilience and failover 
procedures following 
best practice guidelines. 
Continuous review of 
protection required to prevent 
against security threats

Commercial

Product failure

Potential product 
recall causing 
financial and 
reputational loss

4 
v

P
No change

Strong supplier qualification process; 
Intake testing/analysis; 
Regular review of risk matrix for every raw 
material handled;
Use of barcode scanners on all orders to 
avoid mispicks;
Range of testing to detect contamination;
Obtain up-to-date information for all 
suppliers via supplier questionnaires and 
visits;
Supplier risk assessment to determine in-
house test schedule

Innovation and development of  
new products; 
Broaden into other associated sectors

Strengthening of new supplier 
procedures and increased 
visits to suppliers. Thorough 
investigation of errors leading 
to appropriate action such 
as retraining or amendment 
of procedures. Review and 
renewal of recall insurance; 
Testing of product recall 
procedure; 
Testing of products prior 
to dispatch

Focusing innovation on 
beverage sector

Continued value-added in-house 
innovation; Rationalisation of product 
portfolio to eradicate low margin 
commoditised products;
Strengthen product knowledge/sourcing

Eradication of some low 
margin products and 
further value engineering 
of a number of important 
manufactured products

P
No change

P
No change

P
No change

Innovate and develop appealing 
ingredients; Broaden into beverage and 
other associated sectors - Earthoil; 
Customer diversity

P
No change

Closer collaboration with existing 
suppliers; Identifying alternative suppliers 
where possible; Investigate alternate 
sources of supply of, if not identical, 
similar materials; Creation of alternate 
blends using substitutes; Long-term 
supply agreements put in place

Increased focus on target 
beverage accounts and closer 
collaboration on make or buy 
opportunities with strategic 
flavour customers

Established relationships with 
alternate supply sources and 
strengthened relationships 
with incumbent suppliers

29

[

9

v

4
[

Commoditisation 
of established 
Treatt products

Shortening 
Value Chain and 
new entrants in 
speciality still-
based aqueous 
distillates

Effect on revenues 
and margin attrition

Customers 
demonstrating 
increased 
competence to fold, 
fractionate, break 
bulk; Increased 
competition

Consolidation 
within the flavour 
industry

Fewer flavour 
customers

Single sourced 
for synthetic 
speciality 
chemicals, many 
Treattarome® 
raw materials 
and materials 
for applications 
work

Potential loss of 
primary supply 
source;
The nature of the 
materials concerned 
would indicate 
individual company IP 
is involved

OVERVIEW Annual Report & Financial Statements 2016TREATT PLC   IStrategic Report continued

Strategic Priorities

4■Meeting customer needs [■Solutions in many forms 9■Differential advantage v■Customer intimacy H■Culture

Strategic  
impact

Risk  
climate

Mitigation

Action during year

4 
[

P
No change

Enhancing relationships with competitors/
brokers and other supply channels;
Forward purchasing contracts for 
medium to longer term supply

Continuing to strengthen 
relationships with suppliers 
and customers

Risk

Effect

Commercial (continued)

Natural products

Loss of supply, 
increase in market 
price or impact on 
quality resulting from 
fluctuations in yields 
caused by weather, 
disease etc; Squeeze 
on margins

Legal/Regulatory

Failure to comply 
with relevant 
UK and US 
environmental, 
H&S and other 
applicable 
legislation

4

HSE/EA investigation; 
Probable enforcement 
action involving fines, 
enforcement notices;
Risk of site closure

P
No change

Detailed understanding of legislative 
requirements with internal involvement, 
consultative support and capital 
investment; 
Pro-active role in ensuring the Group’s 
systems and procedures are adapted to 
ensure compliance 

Continuing to work closely 
with the EA and relevant 
authorities in respect of 
COMAH. Safety climate 
survey to assess attitudes 
to H&S across the Group to 
determine actions required  
to ensure that the H&S 
culture within the business 
remains strong

The Group regularly reviews its commercial insurance programme and maintains an appropriate and adequate portfolio of insurance policies in line with 
the nature, size and complexity of the business.

The Group also continues to have in place a “Business Continuity” team whose on-going responsibility is to assess the issues which the Group would face 
should it experience a major and unforeseen disaster and to put in place a clear action plan as to how the Group would continue to operate successfully 
in such an event.  

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT

Environment
The  Group  is  committed  to  good  environmental  practice.  It  places 
importance  on  the  impact  of  its  operations  on  the  environment  and 
on  ensuring  that  it  operates  and  adopts  responsible  practices.  Group 
performance and risk reviews are undertaken and monitored on a regular 
basis and reported to the Board.

Environmental Performance and Strategy
The Group has for a long time managed energy, fuel and waste disposal 
costs with the aim of lessening the Group’s environmental impact whilst 
reducing  cost  and  improving  efficiencies.  In  accordance  with  The 
Companies Act 2006 (Strategic Report and Directors’ Report) Regulations 
2013, the Group is required to report its greenhouse gas emissions. The 
release of greenhouse gases, notably carbon dioxide generated by burning 
fossil  fuels,  is  understood  to  have  an  impact  on  global  temperatures, 
weather patterns and weather severity, which can directly and indirectly 
affect the Group’s business. As a supplier of natural ingredients, adverse 
weather  conditions  and  disease  often  have  an  effect  on  crop  yields 
resulting in higher raw material prices and limited supply. There has, for 
example,  been  a  significant  reduction  in  both  the  production  and  yield 
of oranges world-wide due to the bacterial disease Huonglongbing (also 
known as citrus greening). There has also been an increase in the price of 
lime oil in Mexico following last year’s Hurricane Joaquin which stripped 
many trees of their buds and flowers, resulting in not only a smaller but 
heavily delayed crop.

30

Environmental Improvements in 2016
The  Group  continuously  evaluates  ways  of  reducing  its  impact  on 
the  environment  and  during  the  year  has  implemented  a  number  of 
improvements at each of its subsidiaries:

R C Treatt
•  87% reduction in fugitive Volatile Organic Compound emissions;
•  25 tonnes of material sent to anaerobic digester;
•  46% of hazardous waste recycled;
•  92% of used drums recycled; and
•  reduced liquid laboratory waste collected by 79%.

Treatt USA
•  redesigned  the  thermal  fluid  recycle  system  for  one  of  the  speciality 
distillation  units.  This  will  eliminate  oxygenation  and  in  turn  will 
increase the life cycle of the thermal fluid. Additionally, the height of 
the  expansion  tank  was  raised  above  the  recycle  system  to  reduce 
exposure to atmosphere further prolonging the thermal fluid life cycle;
•  installed  a  once  through,  oil  sealed  vacuum  pump  to  replace  a  dry 
rotary  vane  vacuum  pump.  The  oil  sealed  pump  drastically  reduces 
VOC’s released to the environment in the blending operations;

I   TREATT PLC•  installed new air compressor water coolers and dryers in conjunction 
with  new  water/oil  removal  cyclones  to  reduce  the  temperature  and 
oil  content  of  the  operations  airstream.  Previously,  any  air  used  in 
operations discharged atomised oil from the compressors and caused 
premature failure of critical instruments and equipment; and

•  transitioned  six  million  kilos  of  by-products  from  the  natural  distillate 
process to cattle feed and/or compost material. Previously this material 
was sent to landfill.

Earthoil
•  replacement of an old diesel forklift with a more fuel-efficient, smoke-

free model;

•  installed a grease trap that separates oil and other particles from water, 
preventing  discharge  into  the  sewerage  system.  The  trappings  are 
removed every fortnight for pig feed;

•  improved processing procedures have enabled more efficient recovery 
of by-product, known as fines, which is sold to animal feed processors. 
Fines are also used by Earthoil Extracts Limited as manure on the tea 
tree farm; 

•  the “Re-use & Reduce” initiative encourages staff to re-use envelopes 

and printing papers and to use double sided printing; 

•  all lights in the factory offices and on the shop floor are switched off 

during day light hours;

•  delivery of forty new 3000 litre water tanks to farmers to enable them 
to catch and utilise rain water. Introduction of energy efficient gasifier 
stoves for farmers, which create reusable charcoal from wood, thereby 
reducing deforestation and smoke emissions and resulting in carbon 
neutral certification for Earthoil;

•  there has been training and establishment of plastic collection centres 
in all regions where Earthoil farmers are located enabling collection of 
soft and hard plastics for recycling; and

•  used  steel  epoxy  drums  have  been  converted  to  use  as  gutters  
to harvest rain water from roofs and carry it to the dam reservoir on 
the  Earthoil  Extracts  farm.  Some  have  also  been  converted  to  make 
biochar kilns.

Additionally, we have maintained the reduction in the number of printed 
copies of the report and accounts required to be posted to shareholders by 
giving them the option to receive the annual report electronically through 
the Treatt website. The seventy-five percent reduction has not only saved 
several thousand pounds per year but it has reduced the environmental 
impact of our financial reporting process.

The Environmental Working Group meets quarterly to discuss the various 
elements  of  the  business  which  impact  on  the  environment,  such  as 
energy use, waste and environmental regulations. Minutes of the meetings 
are made available to all staff in order to raise awareness of the impact 
of our business on the environment and to highlight any particular issues 
or concerns.

The  intended  site  relocation  of  Treatt’s  UK  operation  will  provide  an 
opportunity  to  modernise  facilities  and  build  in  appropriate  and  cost 
effective infrastructure to reduce the environmental impact of the building 
as far as possible. 

Greenhouse Gas Emissions
The  Group  has  adopted  a  greenhouse  gas  reporting  policy  and  a 
management  system  based  on  the  ISO  14064-1:2006  methodology, 
which has been used to calculate the Group’s Scope 1 and 2 emissions 
in 2016 for activities within the operational control of the Group. It is not 
currently intended to report Scope 3 emissions.

In measuring the Group’s greenhouse gas emissions, the Sales offices in 
France and China, in which a maximum of four staff are employed, have 
been excluded on the grounds of materiality on the basis that emissions 

from utility consumption, which is included in the rent, are estimated to 
be less than a materiality threshold of 5% of overall Group emissions. Data 
has been accurately recorded from invoices, meter and mileage readings. 

2016 

2015

Scope 1 – Direct CO2 emissions (tonnes CO2e) 

1,451 

1,370

Scope 2 – Indirect CO2 emissions (tonnes CO2e) 

1,747 

1,842

Total tonnes CO2e emissions 

3,198 

3,212

gCO2e emissions per kg of product shipped 

438 

378

GHG  emissions  detailed  in  this  table  have  been  calculated  using  the 
appropriate  2016  DEFRA  conversion  factors,  except  for  overseas 
electricity which used the 2014 and 2015 DEFRA conversion factor.

Following  the  decrease  in  total  emissions  in  2015  by  314  tonnes  of 
C02e,  there  has  been  a  further  marginal  decrease  in  emissions  of 
14  tonnes  of  CO2e.  Whilst  there  has  been  an  increase  in  Scope  1 
emissions,  Scope  2  electricity  usage  in  the  UK,  US  and  Kenya  are  all 
down with the largest decreases coming from the UK and Kenya. Electric 
consumption decreased at Earthoil Kenya due to reduced production in 
the first quarter of the financial year but at R C Treatt electric consumption 
actually increased; the reduction in emissions results from a change in 
the  conversion  factor.  The  additional  electric  consumption  results  from 
investment  in  new  state  of  the  art  technical  equipment,  the  remainder 
from increased hours in distillation. The increase in Scope 1 emissions 
is due to an increase at R C Treatt; decreases were seen at both Treatt 
USA and Earthoil Kenya. This increase is driven primarily by changes to 
chiller  units  incurring  high  one  off  emissions  resulting  from  installation 
and decommissioning but there was also a 5% increase in gas use, which 
again results from increased hours in distillation.

The overall decrease in emissions is lower than might have been expected 
from a decrease of 1.2m kgs of product shipped during the year, resulting 
in  an  increase  in  the  emissions  per  kg.  The  reduction  in  Kg  shipped 
results  from  the  continued  strategic  emphasis  on  manufactured  value-
added products and movement away from lower margin traded business, 
which absorb resources that can be more effectively utilised elsewhere.

Waste
Treatt USA aims to recycle as much of its waste as possible. A consistent 
theme in the environmental improvements made during the year, noted 
above, is the reduction of waste streams.

At R C Treatt, certain employees throughout the business are appointed 
as Waste Champions with additional responsibility for the reduction and 
efficient  use  of  waste  streams  in  their  areas.  All  waste  streams  in  the 
UK continue to work towards a zero land fill waste strategy. In addition,  
R  C  Treatt’s  waste  oil  with  a  calorific  value  is  sent  for  use  as  biomass, 
thereby further reducing the Company’s carbon footprint and eliminating 
disposal costs. 

In Kenya, distillation biomass waste is converted to biochar, mixed with 
farm  yard  manure  and  composted  for  use  on  the  farm.  The  biochar 
reduces the carbon footprint by sequestering carbon into the soil. Some of 
the waste is also used as mulch on the tea tree farm.

Water
The Group has decided to record water consumption data whilst recording 
its greenhouse gas emissions in order to gain a greater understanding of 
its environmental impact. The largest consumer of water in the Group is 
Treatt  USA,  which  uses  large  quantities  in  its  manufacturing  processes 

31

OVERVIEW Annual Report & Financial Statements 2016TREATT PLC   I 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report continued

and the cleaning of its specialist equipment. Due to its high consumption, 
Treatt USA uses a closed loop cooling water circuit with direct cooling from 
deep well water on all still condensers. This well water is then recycled back 
into the aquifer via a second deep well. The system provides significant 
local  environmental  benefits  as  well  as  reduced  energy  usage.  Water 
consumption at Treatt USA is consistent with last year; Kenya is slightly 
down but R C Treatt shows the highest reduction resulting from repair of 
the two underground water leaks at the end of the last financial year.

The Group’s own crop growing area in Kenya uses rain water harvested in 
its own dam, a borehole and water pumped from a nearby river, for which 
it pays a small annual fee. It does not purchase any water from a water 
treatment company. Distillation waste water is re-used as irrigation water 
on the farm vegetable garden.

In recording water consumption for the Group, the Sales offices in France 
and China have been excluded on the basis that water usage is included 
in the rent. Data has been accurately recorded from invoice information 
and meter readings. 

Total water used (m³) 

2016 

2015

33,514 

34,455

Water efficiency (litres per Kg of product shipped) 

4.59 

4.06

Employment Policies
The  Group  is  committed  to  a  policy  of  recruitment  and  promotion  on 
the basis of aptitude and ability without discrimination. Applications for 
employment by disabled persons are given full and fair consideration for 
suitable vacancies, having regard to their particular aptitudes and abilities. 

The  focus  on  training  continued  in  2016  in  order  to  continuously 
improve  the  skills  of  our  employees  through  both  general  and  targeted 
training  programs  provided  by  internal  and  external  providers.  Lunch-
and-learn  style  training  provides  the  opportunity  for  knowledge  sharing 
across  the  Group  on  a  variety  of  subjects  relevant  to  our  business, 
whilst also providing the opportunity for staff to spend time together. By 
improving  communication  between  colleagues  these  initiatives  are  vital 
to the sustainable growth of the business. The Group supports ongoing 
qualifications by providing funding and study time to employees across 
the business from NVQs to professional qualifications in Procurement and 
Supply Chain Management and Company Secretarial.

Additionally,  the  Group  continues  its  commitment  to  students  and 
apprentices  in  both  the  UK  and  US  in  providing  internships  in  sales 
and  technical  departments.  This  provides  valuable  work  experience  to 
students in their placement year, whilst strengthening the Group’s links 
with universities and developing relationships with a future generation of 
employees. The UK site currently has one apprentice, within the technical 
department, providing them with a structured training and qualification 
programme.  Also  within  technical  there  are  three  interns  providing 
additional  resources  whilst  assisting  with  their  learning  and  continued 
development. 

Employee Involvement
Meetings are held with employees to discuss the operations and progress 
of the business. In particular, Executive Directors make half yearly results 
presentations to all employees and encourage questions and dialogue on 
any matters pertaining to the performance or activities within the Group. In 
addition, the Information Exchange Committee (IEC) at R C Treatt exists in 
order to encourage a further exchange of ideas and information between 
the Company and its employees. The IEC is chaired by the CEO and the 

32

members of the Committee are all employees below management level 
who represent all departments and areas of the business in the UK. The 
Executive  Directors  regularly  take  small  groups  of  staff  out  to  lunch  in 
order to get to know them better and to hear their views on the business 
from the employee perspective. Treatt USA Vice Presidents regularly hold 
“town hall meetings” to communicate with staff on a variety of subjects 
and  provide  them  with  the  opportunity  to  ask  questions  and  challenge 
management. Board members make a point of visiting all Group affiliates 
and regularly carry out site visits and tours, thereby engaging in meaningful 
discussions with employees at all levels within the organisation. 

In  preparation  of  the  intended  site  relocation  in  the  UK,  eight  design 
teams,  comprising  staff  from  a  variety  of  functions,  were  formed  to 
consider  potential  design  features  of  different  areas  of  the  new  site  in 
order  to  provide  input  into  the  project  from  an  employee  perspective. 
Following several months of research, the teams presented their design 
ideas to the UK Leadership Team and to the project architects, who have 
taken on board the teams’ ideas and incorporated them into the design, 
where appropriate.

All-employee bonus schemes, based on the performance of the business, 
remain in place and employees are encouraged to become involved in 
the  success  of  the  Group  through  share-save  schemes  and  the  Share 
Incentive Plan (see note 25). A Group-wide consultation has taken place 
with all staff to determine the Group’s new values. Managers across the 
business were involved in acting as facilitators in workshop sessions that 
all staff attended. These sessions provided a fantastic opportunity for staff 
to  get  together  and  share  their  thoughts  in  a  fun  and  relaxed  manner 
whilst providing valuable input into the values process. By engaging with 
the staff in this manner it is hoped that there will be increased buy-in to 
the new values.

The Share Incentive Plan is run for all UK employees, with a similar plan 
having been introduced for US employees. Under these plans, all eligible 
UK and US employees received free shares (or their US equivalent) in 
December 2014 and 2015 and will do so in December 2016; UK staff will 
also be able to buy additional partnership shares, which Treatt will match 
on a 1:1 basis in accordance with the rules of the plans. The Directors 
believe  that  encouraging  greater  employee  shareholding  will  further 
align  the  interests  of  employees  with  those  of  shareholders.  In  order  to 
maintain, encourage and support high levels of employee ownership, the 
Company has a scheme that enables those who wish to sell their shares 
to sell them at market value to colleagues, without commission and with 
quicker  settlement.  The  scheme  has  proved  popular,  particularly  with 
those members of staff based in the US, who find it more problematic to 
sell shares in a UK listed company.

Diversity
Appointments  within  the  Group  are  made  on  merit  according  to  the 
balance of skills and experience offered by prospective candidates. Whilst 
acknowledging the benefits of diversity, individual appointments are made 
irrespective  of  personal  characteristics  such  as  race,  disability,  gender, 
sexual orientation, religion or age. 

As  a  manufacturing  business,  it  is  extremely  rare  for  women  to  apply 
for  positions  within  the  production  and  despatch  areas,  where  manual 
handling  is  a  significant  part  of  the  role  and  there  are  currently  none 
employed in this capacity. However, the number of women in other areas 
of the business continues to increase and women account for 37% (2015: 
33%)  of  the  Group  workforce  and  44%  of  Group  senior  management 
positions (2015: 37%). Excluding production and despatch staff, women 
account for 42% of Group employees. 

I   TREATT PLC 
 
Position

Group Directors

Senior Managers

Other Employees

Total Employees

Male

Female

Total

6

24

170

200

1

19

96

116

7

43

266

316

Diversity is a key aspect of our approach to resourcing the needs of the 
business, developing our colleagues and recruiting new talent but gender 
diversity is only part of the story. We aim to create an inclusive environment 
that values all differences in people since diverse teams are more likely 
to be innovative when drawing from cultural differences and experiences. 

We recognise that our employees have lives outside of work and we aim 
to provide a flexible workplace that enables them to achieve a balance 
between  their  role  with  Treatt  and  their  responsibilities  outside  of  work. 
Our  flexible  working  policy  enables  all  employees,  as  far  as  their  roles 
permit, to work from home and provides general flexibility to staff. Such 
policies are helpful in the recruitment of a diverse workforce.

Social, community and human rights issues
The Group endeavours to impact positively on the communities in which 
it  operates  and  over  the  last  few  years  has  significantly  increased  its 
presence in the community. During the year the Group made charitable 
donations  of  £22,000  (2015:  £18,000)  to  local  and  national  causes. 
Support is provided through donations directly to charities and through 
a matching scheme, whereby the Group donates a percentage of funds 
raised  by  staff  in  sponsored  events.  This  year  staff  have  undertaken  a 
number of sponsored and fundraising events for a variety of charities in 
which they have a particular interest including a coast-to-coast cycle ride, 
IRONMAN® challenge and triathlon.

Additionally, R C Treatt staff took part in the St Nicholas Hospice corporate 
takeover day with a large number of staff getting involved to run the St 
Nicholas  Hospice  shop  in  Bury  St  Edmunds  for  a  day.  It  was  a  great 
success and raised £3,600 for the charity with Treatt taking more money 
than any of the other companies taking part in the event. 

The UK site operates “Payroll Giving” enabling staff to donate regularly 
to their chosen charities directly from their gross pay; and staff also raise 
money by entering a charity lottery directly through payroll.

During the year staff voted on the sponsorship of local clubs and funds 
have been provided to four local sports clubs to assist with running costs. 
Additionally, Treatt has continued to sponsor local events in the community 
providing support and prize money to the Bury in Bloom Young and Senior 
Green Fingers initiatives, encouraging gardening activities at both ends of 
the age spectrum. We also sponsored Westgate Primary School’s Maths 
Games room, which was officially opened in September. 

As  a  means  of  rewarding  staff,  whilst  supporting  a  charitable  initiative, 
boxed  cream  teas  were  provided  to  all  UK  staff  during  Wimbledon 
fortnight, bought from Action Medical Research.

An  initiative  that  started  last  year  has  continued  to  grow,  with  a  large 
number of staff volunteering to take part in working parties for community 
projects, either on working days or in their own time. In April we sent a 
party of seven volunteers to give the wooded nature garden at Westgate 
Nursery  School  a  makeover.  As  well  as  repairing  damage  inflicted  by 
vandals, the team cleared up winter storm debris, refreshed the planting 
and  prepared  the  vegetable  patch  for  the  pupils  to  plant  their  seeds. 
Two  days  have  been  spent  by  project  teams  gardening  at  East  Anglia 

Children’s  Hospice,  which  provides  care  and  support  to  terminally  ill 
children and their families. Another team manned a colour station at the 
East Anglia Children’s Hospice Colour Dash, throwing paint at participants 
in the sponsored run.

Similar initiatives take place in the US, where a party of twenty-four Treatt 
volunteers spent a morning in May collecting litter from a road near the 
plant.  In  an  agreement  with  the  State  of  Florida,  they  have  agreed  to 
collect  rubbish  on  local  roads  on  a  regular  basis  as  part  of  the  Florida 
Department  of  Transportation’s  “Adopt-A-Highway”  scheme.  Treatt 
volunteers  will  therefore  be  returning  at  regular  intervals  to  collect  litter 
and tidy up the area. 

Earthoil is committed to purchasing oils directly from source at a fair and 
sustainable  price  and  works  closely  with  growers  in  under-developed 
countries through Fair for Life social and fair trade certification. 

Long-term and trusted support and co-operation has also been a driver for 
positive change which has led to Earthoil’s Kenyan Organic Oil Farmers 
Association (KOOFA) increasing from its initial ninety members to now well 
over six hundred producers. Earthoil has helped deliver forty new 3000 
litre water tanks to members of KOOFA to enable them to catch and utilise 
rain water, with the remaining farmers to receive water tanks as part of 
this three year project. Over two thousand family members will eventually 
utilise the new water tanks, hoping to free up time that is usually spent 
fetching water, for other activities. 

Additionally, over a three month period, the Earthoil team donated and 
installed  more  than  forty-five  stoves  in  19  communities  across  three 
counties in Kenya, resulting in Earthoil Africa EPZ Limited being certified 
carbon neutral for a twelve month period. 

Further, community funds provide additional benefits to the farmers and 
their  families,  such  as  scholarships.  Earthoil  supports  a  virgin  coconut 
oil project in Samoa, which is run by a not-for-profit women’s foundation 
–  a  unique  venture  aimed  at  rebuilding  the  economic  independence 
of  individual  villages.  The  foundation  currently  works  with  a  number  of 
family groups, with virgin coconut oil production sites set up. By locating 
the production of virgin coconut oil within the villages, the returns to the 
villages,  and  to  the  individual  family  groups,  are  greatly  increased  by 
comparison with the more highly industrialised process. 

Ethical  concerns  and  human  rights  issues  have  always  played  an 
important  role  in  Treatt’s  company  philosophy  and  the  Group’s  ethical 
and  social  accountability  statement  details  the  standards  of  behaviour 
which  Treatt  regards  as  acceptable.  Provision  of  a  safe,  clean  working 
environment, free from discrimination, coercion and the use of child or 
forced labour is a basic right of all employees, which Treatt expects of its 
business partners as a minimum standard. The Group is often audited by 
its customers to assess compliance with minimum acceptable standards, 
including ethical and human rights considerations. 

This strategic report was approved by the Board on 28 November 2016.

ANITA STEER
Secretary

33

OVERVIEW Annual Report & Financial Statements 2016TREATT PLC   I 
 
 
Corporate Governance Statement

AT TREATT THERE IS A COMMITMENT TO HIGH STANDARDS 
OF CORPORATE GOVERNANCE THROUGHOUT THE GROUP 
AND THIS IS REFLECTED IN OUR GOVERNANCE PRINCIPLES, 
POLICIES AND PRACTICES. 

Introduction from the Chairman
As  Chairman,  I  am  responsible  for  ensuring  that  the  Board  upholds  high  standards  of  corporate  governance  and  that  it  operates 
effectively and efficiently. Good governance is about the quality of the processes for making and implementing decisions, ensuring 
that there is an appropriate level of oversight and challenge, a focus on risks, a commitment to transparency and ensuring a culture of 
continuous improvement. At Treatt there is a commitment to high standards of corporate governance throughout the Group and this is 
reflected in our governance principles, policies and practices. We believe that effective governance, not only in the boardroom but right 
across the business, ultimately produces a better business and supports long-term performance.

By  virtue  of  its  premium  listing  on  the  London  Stock  Exchange,  Treatt  measures  its  corporate  governance  compliance  against  the 
requirements of the 2014 UK Corporate Governance Code published by the UK Financial Reporting Council (FRC). The FCA requires 
each company with a premium listing to “comply or explain” its non-compliance against the Code. The Group monitors its compliance 
with the Code, and in this corporate governance section and throughout this annual report, areas of corporate governance compliance 
and non-compliance are explained by reference to the 2014 Code. 

TIM JONES 
Chairman

Compliance with the 2014 UK Corporate Governance Code
The Board confirms that throughout the year ended 30 September 2016 
the  Group  has  complied  with  the  provisions  set  out  in  the  2014  UK 
Corporate  Governance  Code1,  except  for  provision  D2.2,  as  explained 
in  the  Directors’  Remuneration  Report,  since  the  remuneration  of 
Group senior managers is determined by the Executive Directors as the 
Remuneration Committee believe that they are best placed to make this 
decision. However, remuneration proposals in respect of senior managers 
are reviewed by the Remuneration Committee. The bonuses of all senior 
managers in the Group are approved by the Remuneration Committee. 

The Board is accountable to the Parent Company’s shareholders for good 
governance and the statement set out below describes how the principles 
identified  in  the  2014  UK  Corporate  Governance  Code  are  applied  by  
the Group.

The Directors consider the annual report and financial statements, taken 
as  a  whole,  to  be  fair,  balanced  and  understandable  and  provides  the 
information necessary for shareholders to assess the Group’s performance, 
business model and strategy.

The terms of reference of all the Committees can be found on the Treatt 
website at www.treatt.com.

Leadership
Details of the Directors who served during the year, the positions they hold, 
and the Committees of which they are members are shown on page 96. 
The Board consists of five Non-executive Directors, of which Tim Jones is 
Chairman, and two Executive Directors, of which Daemmon Reeve is Chief 
Executive Officer.

There is a clear division of responsibility between the Chief Executive Officer, 
who is required to develop and lead business strategies and processes to 
enable the Group’s business to meet the requirements of its shareholders, 
and  the  Chairman  who  is  responsible  for  leadership  of  the  Board  and 
ensuring that appropriate conditions are created to enable the Board to 
be effective in providing entrepreneurial leadership to the Group. The key 
functions  of  the  Chairman  are  to  conduct  board  meetings,  meetings  of 
shareholders and to ensure that all Directors are properly briefed in order 
to take a full and constructive part in Board discussions. The Chairman 

has regular contact with the Non-executive Directors without the presence 
of the Executive Directors. Concerns relating to the executive management 
of the Group or the performance of the other Non-executive Directors may 
be  raised  with  David  Johnston,  who  is  the  Senior  Independent  Director 
(“SID”). The role of the SID is also to provide a sounding Board for the 
Chairman, to serve as an intermediary for the other Directors and to lead 
the performance evaluation process for the Chairman.

Board Effectiveness
The  Directors  believe  that  the  Board,  having  been  refreshed  in  2011, 
2012, 2013 and 2016, has an appropriate balance of skills and experience 
with financial, technical, industry-specific and general business disciplines 
being represented. The structure of the Board ensures that no one Director 
is  dominant  in  the  decision-making  process  and  that  open  debate  and 
discussion is encouraged. There is a suitable balance between the number 
of Executive and Non-executive Directors. 

The importance of board diversity, including gender diversity which has been 
the subject of recent debate in respect of board composition, is recognised 
and supported by the Directors of Treatt plc. The Board is conscious of the 
benefits of diversity in the boardroom and management positions within 
the  Group.  Our  policy  is  to  recruit  the  best  possible  candidate  for  each 
individual role having regard to qualifications, experience and personality, 
without prejudice to a candidate’s characteristics. Further details on the 
Group approach to diversity are given on page 32. 

Upon appointment, Directors are provided with access to an appropriate 
external  training  course  and  to  advice  from  the  Group’s  solicitors  in 
respect of their role and duties as a public company director. Where they 
have  significant  relevant  experience  for  the  role,  training  may  be  felt  to 
be  unnecessary.  In  addition,  all  new  Directors  receive  an  induction  to 
acquaint them with the Group. This takes the form of site tours, meetings 
with  other  Board  members  and  senior  management  and  the  provision 
of  an  induction  pack,  which  contains  general  information  about  the 
Group,  its  structure  and  key  personnel,  together  with  copies  of  relevant 
policies and procedures, financial information and briefings on Directors’ 
responsibilities and corporate governance. 

The  Board  considers  that,  with  the  exception  of  Anita  Haines,  all  the 
Non-executive  Directors  are  independent  of  management  and  free  of 

34

1  A copy of the 2014 UK Corporate Governance Code can be obtained from www.frc.org.uk

I   TREATT PLC 
any relationship which could materially interfere with the exercise of their 
independent  judgement.  Anita  Haines  is  not  regarded  as  independent, 
as defined by the 2014 UK Corporate Governance Code, having recently 
served as an Executive Director. Accordingly, Anita Haines does not serve 
on  either  the  Audit  or  Remuneration  Committees.  All  Non-executive 
Directors  receive  a  fixed  fee  for  their  services.  However,  in  exceptional 
circumstances, where significant additional time commitment is required, 
a Non-executive Director may, if approved by the Board or Remuneration 
Committee as required, be paid an additional fee in accordance with the 
Remuneration  Policy.  The  Board  is  satisfied  that  the  Chairman’s  other 
commitments  do  not  detract  from  the  extent  or  the  quality  of  the  time 
which he is able to devote to the Group.

The  Board  meets  formally  at  least  five  times  each  year  and  more 
frequently where business needs require, with attendance in person or by 
video  conference  required  at  each  meeting.  In  addition,  regular  contact 
is  maintained  by  email  and  telephone  with  written  updates  provided  in 
respect of on-going issues, enabling regular input from all Board members. 
It is a commitment of the Board to hold a meeting in the US on a biennial 
basis, with the next meeting to be held at Treatt USA in 2017. 

Day  to  day  management  of  the  Group  is  delegated  to  the  Executive 
Directors.  However  the  Board  has  a  schedule  of  matters  reserved  to  it 
for  decision  and  the  requirement  for  Board  approval  on  these  matters 
is  communicated  widely  throughout  the  senior  management  of  the 
Group.  These  matters,  which  are  reviewed  periodically,  include  material 
capital  commitments,  commencing  or  settling  major  litigation,  business 
acquisitions and disposals, appointments to subsidiary company boards 
and dividend policy. 

To enable the Board to function effectively and Directors to discharge their 
responsibilities, full and timely access is given to all relevant information. In 
the case of board meetings, this consists of a comprehensive set of papers, 
including  regular  business  progress  reports  and  discussion  documents 
regarding  specific  matters.  Board  meetings  are  of  sufficient  duration  to 
enable debate and discussion, ensuring adequate analysis of issues during 
the decision-making process. Further opportunity for more informal and 
extended discussion is provided at Board lunches which take place after 
every Board meeting and also provide the Board with an opportunity to 
meet members of staff, who are invited to attend.

If necessary, there is an agreed procedure for Directors to take independent 
professional advice at the Group’s expense. This is in addition to the access 
which  every  Director  has  to  the  Company  Secretary.  The  Secretary  is 
charged by the Board with ensuring that Board procedures are followed and 
that there are good information flows within the Board and its Committees 
and between senior management and Non-executive Directors.

Nomination Committee
Membership and Meetings
Members  of  the  Nomination  Committee  throughout  the  year  are  shown 
on page 96. The Nomination Committee has met three times during the 
course of the year.

Role and Responsibilities
The main responsibilities of the Nomination Committee are:
•  to  review  regularly  the  structure,  size  and  composition  (including  the 
skills,  knowledge,  experience  and  diversity)  of  the  Board  and  make 
recommendations  to  the  Board  with  regard  to  any  changes  that  are 
deemed necessary;

•  to identify and nominate candidates for the approval of the Board to fill 

Board vacancies as and when they arise;

•  succession planning for Directors, in particular the Chairman and CEO, 
taking into account the challenges and opportunities facing the Group 
and the skills and expertise needed on the Board for the future; and
•  review  the  results  of  the  Board  performance  evaluation  process  that 

relate  to  the  composition  of  the  Board  and  to  assess  whether  the 
Non-executive  Directors  are  dedicating  sufficient  time  to  fulfilment  of  
their duties.

Activities since the last report
•  consideration of the appointment of a Non-executive Director following 

the resignation of Ian Neil;

•  consideration of the appointment of a new Chairman to the 

Remuneration Committee;

•  consideration of the appointment of a new Senior Independent Director;
•  review of committee membership and recommendation to the Board on 
the appointment of Richard Illek to the Nomination and Remuneration 
Committees;

•  review of the results of the Board evaluation process and consideration 

of training needs;

•  review of the performance of the Directors;
•  continuation of structured succession plans. 

Appointments to the Board
Appointments to the Board of both Executive and Non-executive Directors 
are  considered  by  the  Nomination  Committee,  which  consults  with 
Executive  Directors  and  ensures  that  a  wide  range  of  candidates  are 
considered. The Committee considers the skills mix of the serving Directors 
to identify potential gaps or areas where increased strength is required. In 
accordance with Treatt’s Board Diversity Policy and having recognised the 
benefit of having an appropriate level of diversity on the Board to support 
the achievement of its strategic objectives, the Committee also considers 
the benefits of all aspects of diversity, including but not limited to, race, 
disability, gender, sexual orientation, religion, belief, age and culture. The 
recommendations of the Nomination Committee are ultimately made to the 
full Board which considers them before any appointment is made. 

During the year Richard Illek was appointed as a Non-executive Director. 
During  succession  planning  it  had  been  recognised  that  experience 
from  a  customer  perspective  within  the  FMCG  beverage  sector  of  the 
industry,  which  is  a  strategic  priority  for  Treatt,  was  not  represented  on 
the Board. Richard was a senior executive with over 28 years’ experience 
with  PepsiCo.  It  was  thought  that  his  experience,  gained  from  a  variety 
of roles within PepsiCo, would provide valuable insight into the beverage 
sector and accordingly an approach was made. Richard attended a series 
of interviews with the Nomination Committee and Executive Directors and 
following  satisfactory  completion  of  this  process,  the  appointment  was 
approved by the full Board. The role was not openly advertised due to the 
identification of a candidate with the required skills and experience and 
successful completion of the recruitment process. 

Any Director appointed during the year is required, under the provisions 
of the Articles of Association, to retire and seek election by shareholders at 
the next Annual General Meeting. The Articles also require that one third 
of  the  Directors  retire  by  rotation  each  year  and  seek  re-election  at  the 
Annual General Meeting provided always that all directors must be subject 
to re-election at intervals of no more than three years. Any Non-executive 
Director having been in post for nine years or more is subject to annual 
re-election. The Directors required to retire are those in office longest since 
their previous re-election.

Board Evaluation
The Nomination Committee is also responsible for the annual evaluation of 
the Board, its committees and its Directors. During the year an evaluation 
of  the  Board,  its  committees  and  each  individual  Director  is  carried  out 
internally,  with  the  assistance  of  the  Company  Secretary,  as  the  Board 
believes  it  has  the  appropriate  resources  and  experience  to  undertake 
the reviews. The Board and committee reviews are conducted under the 
supervision of the appropriate Chairman. Following the use of an external 
facilitator  last  year,  the  Board  evaluation  process  involved  completion, 
by  each  Board  member,  of  a  comprehensive  anonymous  questionnaire 

35

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE Annual Report & Financial Statements 2016TREATT PLC   I 
Corporate Governance Statement continued

designed  to  evaluate  each  of  the  essential  components  of  an  effective 
board.  The  results,  which  were  benchmarked  against  a  prior  year’s 
evaluation,  demonstrated  that  performance  is  effective  overall.  These 
results were reported to the Committee and action points agreed to further 
improve performance. In addition the skills matrix of each of the Directors 
was reviewed and the skills and experience mix discussed in relation to 
performance of the Board.   

•  to  make  recommendations  to  the  Board  on  the  requirement  for  an 

internal audit function; and

•  to ensure that procedures are in place whereby staff of the Group may, 
in confidence, raise concerns about possible improprieties in matters of 
financial reporting or other matters. The Committee has arrangements 
in  place  for  the  proportionate  and  independent  investigation  of  such 
matters and for appropriate follow-up action.

The  performance  of  individual  Directors  is  evaluated  by  the  Chairman, 
in  conjunction  with  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  in  the  case  of  the  other 
Executive  Director.  The  Chairman  is  evaluated  by  the  Chief  Executive 
Officer and an Independent Non-executive Director. The process includes 
individual performance meetings, at which past performance is discussed 
and evaluated and future objectives established. In the event that training 
and  development  needs  are  identified  during  the  evaluation  process, 
suitable  resources  or  training  are  provided.  Having  undertaken  training 
during  each  of  the  last  few  years,  no  training  needs  were  identified  for 
this year. The Board has spent time focusing on its objectives, approved 
last year, which included further work in respect of risk management and 
succession planning.

Succession Planning
Board  succession  planning  for  the  Executive  Directors  and  senior 
executives is a priority of the Board. In some instances suitable internal 
candidates have been identified as likely successors for both interim and 
permanent  positions.  We  will  continue  to  invest  in  such  talent  but  for 
some positions external recruitment will also be necessary. We recognise 
that  having  been  through  significant  cultural  change  in  recent  years  (a 
process which continues) a cultural fit with the business is essential. The 
Committee will continue to monitor progress with succession planning for 
the Executive Directors and senior executives.  

Audit Committee
Membership and Meetings
Members of the Audit Committee throughout the year are shown on page 
96. Jeff Iliffe joined the Committee as Chairman in February 2013 and is 
deemed  by  the  Board  to  have  significant,  recent  and  relevant  financial 
experience. He is a Chartered Accountant with over 20 years’ experience 
in the financing and management of companies, both in the City of London 
and in industry.

The Committee met three times during the year. The auditor attended two 
of these meetings other than when their appointment or performance was 
being reviewed. The Chief Executive Officer, Finance Director and other 
senior finance staff attend as and when appropriate. The Committee has 
discussions at least once a year with the auditor without management being 
present. Furthermore the Committee Chairman meets informally with, and 
has access to, the Finance Director to discuss matters considered relevant 
to the Committee’s duties.

Role and Responsibilities
The main responsibilities of the Audit Committee are:
•  to monitor the integrity of the annual report of the Group and to review 
and  report  to  the  Board  on  significant  financial  reporting  issues  and 
judgements which it contains, having regard to matters communicated 
to it by the auditor;

•  to assess the effectiveness of the external audit process and review the 
content of the annual report and advise the Board on whether, taken 
as a whole, it presents a balanced assessment of the Group’s position 
and provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess the 
Group’s performance, business model and strategy;

•  to  oversee  the  relationship  with  the  auditor,  including  making 
recommendations to the Board on their appointment, remuneration and 
terms of engagement. The Committee also monitors their independence 
and objectivity, and sets the policy for non-audit work;

36

Activities since the last report
•  meeting with the audit partner and manager to agree the audit plan and 

identification of risk;

•  reviewing the auditor’s findings, management’s response and ensuring 

robust challenge;

•  reviewing the auditor’s performance and the audit process to ensure that 
they remain objective and independent, and to assess the effectiveness 
of the audit; 

•  give  consideration  to  any  whistleblowing  reports  (of  which  there  were 

none during the year); 

•  the Group’s annual report for 2016 was reviewed to ensure that taken 
as  a  whole;  it  was  fair,  balanced  and  understandable.  This  included 
consideration of a report from the auditor on their audit and review of 
the financial statements and confirmation from management;

•  reviewing the potential requirement for an internal audit function. Given 
the size and structure of the Group, and the level of control exercised 
by the management team, the establishment of a formal internal audit 
function was not considered to be necessary at present. As the Group 
develops, the need for such a function will be kept under review; 

•  briefing  the  Board  in  its  discussions  on  whether  an  audit  or  formal 

auditors’ review should take place at the half year;
•  a review of the performance of the Audit Committee;
•  consideration of the timing of an audit tender process;
•  approval  of  the  fees  paid  to  the  auditors  for  audit  and  non-audit  

work; and 

•  review of the level of non-audit related services provided by RSM UK 

during the year.

Financial Reporting
During  the  year  the  Committee  and  the  Board  monitors  the  integrity  of 
any formal announcements relating to the Group’s financial performance. 
Reports are requested from management on particular matters, especially 
where  a  significant  element  of  judgement  is  required.  Additionally,  the 
Chairman of the Committee has regular contact with the audit partner and 
the Committee meets with the audit partner without the presence of the 
Executive Directors.

In respect of the annual report, the Chairman of the Committee reviews 
early drafts to keep appraised of its key themes and to raise any issues 
early in the process. The 2016 annual report was reviewed at a Committee 
meeting in November 2016; after due challenge and debate the Committee 
was  content  that  the  assumptions  made  and  judgements  applied  in 
these  areas,  which  where  possible  are  supported  by  external  advice  or 
other  corroborative  evidence,  are  reasonable  and  therefore  agreed  with 
management recommendations.

The  Committee  advised  the  Board  that  the  annual  report  and  financial 
statements,  taken  as  a  whole,  are  fair,  balanced  and  understandable 
and  provide  the  information  necessary  for  shareholders  to  assess  the 
Company’s position and performance, business model and strategy. The 
Committee also reviewed compliance with the disclosure requirements on 
Directors’ remuneration and the strategic report.  

Having  discussed  the  key  judgements  and  risk  areas  monitored  by 
the  auditors,  the  Board  concluded  that,  as  in  prior  years,  the  half  year 
results would not be subject to an external audit or a formal audit review. 
In  reaching  that  conclusion,  regard  was  given  to  the  matters  subject  to 
judgement and the processes established for addressing and supporting 

I   TREATT PLCthese, the output of the enhanced work undertaken on risk identification 
and management, the consistent application of accounting policies, and 
the practice of similarly sized listed companies. The review by the Board 
prior to approval of the half year report included the receipt of a report from 
management on the key areas of judgement made for the half year results 
and how the outputs were arrived at. 

Risk Management
The Committee continue to consider the requirements of the 2014 edition 
of the UK Corporate Governance Code (“the Code”) and the FRC Guidance 
on Audit Committees. Last year, in light of the increased emphasis on risk 
in  the  Code,  the  Board  reviewed  the  process  of  risk  management  and 
whether risk should fall within the remit of the Audit Committee, with the 
Board retaining overall responsibility. It was decided that due to the size 
of  the  Group,  risk  management,  internal  controls,  approval  of  the  going 
concern statement and the assessment of the long term viability statement 
should remain with the full Board, but as the Group continues to grow, this 
will remain under review. 

External Auditor Assessment
The Committee has oversight of the relationship with the external auditor 
and  is  responsible  for  monitoring  their  independence,  objectivity  and 
compliance with professional and regulatory requirements. The Committee 
undertakes  an  annual  assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  the  external 
auditors to facilitate continued improvement in the external audit process. 
This assessment considers:
•  the delivery of an efficient, robust audit in compliance with the agreed 

plan and timescale;

•  the  provision  of  perceptive  advice  on  key  areas  of  judgement,  and 

technical issues; 

•  the  demonstration  of  a  high  level  of  professionalism  and  technical 

expertise; 

•  continuity within the audit team; and
•  adherence to independence policies and other regulatory requirements.

During  the  year  the  Committee  has  monitored  RSM’s  performance  and 
were satisfied that the above requirements had been met and that they 
demonstrated continued commitment to perform high quality work.

External Auditor Independence and Consideration of a Tendering Process 
The Board and the external auditors have arrangements to safeguard the 
independence and objectivity of the external auditor, which were reviewed 
and  deemed  satisfactory.  The  incumbent  auditors,  RSM  UK  Audit  LLP, 
were  appointed  in  2009  following  an  audit  tender  process.  They  are 
appointed on an annual rolling contract but with a long-term agreement 
on  fees,  which  was  renegotiated  during  the  2014  financial  year.  The 
Committee considered “The Statutory Auditors and Third Country Auditors 
Regulations 2016” which will result in the mandatory rotation of auditors 
by 2020, and whether an audit tender process should be undertaken prior 
to the 2017 audit. It was decided that, in view of these Regulations, it was 
not currently necessary. The current audit partner will be subject to rotation 
prior to the 2017 audit. The Committee has therefore recommended to the 
Board that RSM UK Audit LLP be reappointed in 2017.

The level of non-audit fees and their effect on the auditor’s independence 
or  objectivity  is  also  considered  on  a  regular  basis.  The  split  between 
audit  and  non-audit  fees  for  the  year  under  review  appears  in  note  5.  
Non-audit  fees  are  generally  paid  mainly  in  respect  of  tax  compliance 
services  and  advice  on  share  schemes.  Following  the  publication  of 
the  FRC  Revised  Ethical  Standard  2016,  RSM  no  longer  provide  tax 
compliance  and  other  tax  services  to  the  Group.  The  Group  has  a 
policy to ensure that the provision of such services does not impair their 
independence or objectivity and when considering the use of the auditor to  
undertake non-audit assignments, management give consideration at all 
times  to  the  provisions  of  the  FRC  Guidance  on  Audit  Committees  with 
regard to the preservation of independence.

Audit Quality Review 
During  the  year  the  FRC’s  Audit  Quality  Review  team  reviewed  RSM 
UK  Audit  LLP’s  files  for  the  2015  audit  and  the  Chairman  of  the  Audit 
Committee received a full copy of their findings. The focus of the review 
and their reporting is on identifying areas where improvements are required 
rather than highlighting areas performed to or above the expected level. 
The Audit Committee discussed the review’s findings with the auditors and 
is satisfied that they have addressed the one matter noted in relation to the 
audit process for the current year audit. 

Effectiveness of the Committee
The effectiveness of the Committee was considered as part of the Board 
evaluation detailed on page 35 and reviewed as part of the Committee’s 
own processes. The Committee received positive feedback on the way it 
challenges the business and was seen as open, transparent and effective.

Review of the 2016 Annual Report and Financial Statements
Amongst  the  matters  considered  by  the  Committee  were  the  key 
accounting issues, matters and judgement in relation to the Group’s 2016 
annual report and financial statements relating to:

•  the accounting treatment for the final consideration and related costs, 
following the full and final settlement of the Earthoil dispute, to ensure 
that it is reasonable and in accordance with IFRS;

•  the  level  of  provisions  against  obsolete,  slow  moving  and  defective 
inventory, and for onerous customer contracts which are likely to result 
in  a  loss  to  the  Group.  This  involved  discussions  with  management 
on the detailed exercises undertaken to identify the relevant provision 
levels, and with the auditors on their findings following their review of the 
work done and the controls in place over these processes; and

•  the  assumptions  used  to  calculate  the  Group’s  pension  liability  in 
accordance with IAS 19 arising from the final salary pension scheme. 
This  included  confirming  that  they  are  in  accordance  with  advice 
received  from  the  scheme  actuaries,  Barnett  Waddingham,  and  that 
these assumptions had been critically reviewed by the auditors.

Remuneration Committee
The  Remuneration  Committee’s  primary  responsibility  is  to  determine 
the  remuneration  of  the  Executive  Directors  of  the  Group  ensuring  that 
there is a sufficient balance between the levels of ordinary remuneration  
and performance-related elements designed to promote the Group’s long-
term success.

Full details of the Directors’ remuneration and a statement of the Group’s 
remuneration  policy  are  set  out  in  the  Directors’  Remuneration  Report 
appearing on pages 39 to 50. Members of the Remuneration Committee 
throughout the year are shown on page 96. The Chief Executive Officer 
attends  meetings  of  the  Remuneration  Committee  to  discuss  the 
performance of the Finance Director and make proposals as necessary, 
but is not present when his own position is being discussed.

Each  Executive  Director  abstains  from  any  discussion  or  voting  at  full 
Board  meetings  on  Remuneration  Committee  recommendations  where 
the  recommendations  have  a  direct  bearing  on  their  own  remuneration 
package. The details of each Executive Director’s individual package are 
fixed by the Committee in line with the policy adopted by the full Board.

Board Accountability
The Board is responsible for reviewing and approving the annual report 
and  financial  statements,  the  half  year  results  and  other  financial 
statements  made  to  ensure  they  present  a  balanced  assessment  of  the 
Group’s position. Drafts of all financial releases are provided to the Board 
in a timely manner and Directors’ feedback is discussed and incorporated 
where appropriate, prior to publication.

37

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE Annual Report & Financial Statements 2016TREATT PLC   ICorporate Governance Statement continued

Attendance at meetings
The members of the Board during the year and its Committees, together with their attendance, are shown below:

Board

Audit  
Committee

Nomination 
Committee

Remuneration 
Committee

Number of meetings held in year

Daemmon Reeve 

Chief Executive Officer

Richard Hope

Tim Jones

Anita Haines

Jeff Iliffe

Finance Director

Non-executive Director

Non-executive Director

Richard Illek (appointed 1 June 2016)

Non-executive Director

David Johnston

Senior Independent Non-executive Director

Ian Neil (retired 29 January 2016)

Senior Independent Non-executive Director

7

7

7

3

N/A

N/A

3

3

N/A

7

6

2

7

2

N/A

Chairman 2

N/A

3

1

5

N/A

N/A

5

N/A

4

1

3

3

0

3  Chairman (4) 5

2

Chairman 1

Non-executive Director and Chairman

Chairman 7

3

Chairman 3

As permitted by the Parent Company’s Articles of Association, Directors may participate in the minuted decisions via telephone or video communication 
where it is impractical for them to attend in person.

Financial and Internal Control
The Board confirms that a process for the on-going identification, evaluation 
and management of significant risks faced by the Group has been in place 
throughout the year and to the date of approval of this report, which complies 
with  the  “Guidance  on  Risk  Management,  Internal  Control  and  Related 
Financial and Business Reporting” issued by the FRC in September 2014. 
The process is subject to regular review by the Board and there were no 
significant internal control issues identified during the year.

Information Technology
The Group operates on a common centrally managed computer platform. 
This  provides  common  reporting  and  control  systems  and  the  ability 
to  manage  and  interrogate  businesses  remotely.  However,  there  are 
associated  risks  with  having  the  entire  group  IT  systems  on  a  common 
platform, such as IT security, access rights and business continuity. These 
risks are mitigated by an on-going focus on IT security through a process 
of continuous investment in IT facilities.

The Directors are responsible for the Group’s system of internal control, the 
effectiveness of which is reviewed by them annually. This covers all controls 
including those in relation to financial reporting processes (including the 
preparation  of  consolidated  accounts).  In  addition  to  monitoring  reports 
received via the Executive Directors they consider the risks faced by the 
Group,  whether  the  control  systems  are  appropriate  and  consult  with 
internal  and  external  experts  on  environmental,  insurance,  legal  and 
health and safety compliance. However, such a system can only provide 
reasonable but not absolute assurance against material misstatement or 
loss.  The  key  procedures  that  the  Directors  have  established  to  provide 
effective internal controls are as follows:

Financial Reporting
A detailed formal budgeting process for all Group businesses culminates 
in an annual Group budget and a five year forecast which is approved by 
the Board. Results for the Group and its main constituent businesses are 
reported monthly against the budget to the Board and revised forecasts for 
the year are prepared through the year. The Group uses a standardised 
consolidation  system  for  the  preparation  of  the  Group’s  monthly 
management  accounts,  half  year  and  annual  consolidated  financial 
statements, which is subject to review by senior management throughout 
the consolidation process.

The Board monitors the integrity of all financial announcements released 
by the Group, ensuring that, among other things, appropriate accounting 
standards and policies are applied consistently, that all material information 
is presented and that the disclosures are accurate. 

Financial and Accounting Principles
Financial controls and accounting policies are set by the Board so as to 
meet  appropriate  levels  of  effective  financial  control.  Compliance  with 
accounting policies is reviewed where necessary by external auditors.

Capital Investment
The Group has clearly defined guidelines for capital expenditure. These 
include annual budgets, appraisal and review procedures, and levels of 
authority. Post-investment appraisals are performed for major investments.

Risk Assessment and Information
Operational  management  in  conjunction  with  the  Executive  Directors, 
who  report  regularly  to  the  Board,  are  responsible  for  identification  and 
evaluation of significant risks applicable to their area of business and the 
design and operation of suitable internal controls. Details of the principal 
risks associated with the Group’s activities are given in the Strategic Report 
on pages 26 to 30.

Relations with Shareholders
The  Group  places  a  great  deal  of  importance  on  communication  with 
its  shareholders.  The  Parent  Company  mails  the  full  annual  report  and 
financial statements to all shareholders who have elected to receive it.  This 
information,  together  with  the  half  yearly  statements  and  other  financial 
announcements,  is  also  available  on  the  Group’s  website  and,  upon 
request, to other parties who have an interest in the Group’s performance.  

There  is  regular  dialogue  with  individual  institutional  and  other  major 
shareholders as well as presentations after the half and full year results. The 
views of major shareholders are communicated and discussed at Board 
meetings and Non-executive Directors may request meetings with major 
shareholders should they wish to do so and vice versa. All shareholders 
have  the  opportunity  to  put  questions  at  the  Parent  Company’s  Annual 
General Meeting.

This report was approved by the Board on 28 November 2016.

ANITA STEER
Secretary 

38

I   TREATT PLC 
Directors’ Remuneration Report

ANNUAL STATEMENT
Introduction
As Chairman of the Remuneration Committee, I am pleased to present our 
report on Directors’ remuneration for 2016. 

This report has been prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006 
(“the Act”) and Schedule 8 of the Large and Medium-sized Companies and 
Groups  (Accounts  and  Reports)  Regulations  2008  (the  “Regulations”), 
as  amended.  The  report  also  meets  the  relevant  requirements  of  the 
Listing  Rules  of  the  Financial  Conduct  Authority  and  describes  how  the 
Board has applied the principles of the 2014 UK Corporate Governance 
Code  relating  to  Directors’  remuneration.  In  accordance  with  the  Act, 
the  Remuneration  Report  is  divided  into  two  sections,  a  Remuneration 
Policy  Report,  which  describes  our  approach  to  remuneration,  and 
an  Implementation  Report,  which  details  the  remuneration  paid  to  the 
Directors during the financial year under review. The Remuneration Policy 
Report and the Implementation Report will be put to binding and advisory 
votes  respectively  at  the  Annual  General  Meeting  on  27  January  2017. 
Whilst the Remuneration Policy was approved by shareholders at the 2015 
Annual General Meeting, a proposed change to the Executive Director’s 
bonus scheme, requires further shareholder approval. 

Looking back at 2016 
As detailed elsewhere in this report, the Group performed well in 2016, 
exceeding its original expectations for adjusted pre-tax profit and earnings 
per  share.  When  considering  the  performance  targets  in  respect  of  the 
annual  bonus  for  the  year  to  30  September  2016,  the  Committee  was 
conscious  of  making  the  top  end  very  challenging,  yet  achievable.  In 
order to obtain the maximum bonus award under the Executive Directors’ 
Annual Bonus Scheme, Group adjusted profit before tax had to exceed 
115% of the prior year’s adjusted profit before tax. Threshold performance 
(below which no bonus award would be made) for adjusted profit before 
tax  of  85%  of  prior  year  adjusted  profit  before  tax,  would  result  in  the 
award  of  a  4%  bonus.  The  Committee  regards  this  scale,  and  basis  of 
comparison, as appropriate as recent years have seen significant changes 
in the business and the need to embed a new strategy driving sustainable 
profitability against a long history of gains and losses from movements in 
raw material prices and fluctuating profits. The cultural change required 
across the Group was significant and despite significant improvements, it 
continues to be a central focus of the Group’s strategy. On this basis, the 
Committee assessed that another record Group performance in the year 
justified  a  bonus  payment  of  88%  of  salary  for  the  Executive  Directors, 
being 88% of the maximum bonus potential, in accordance with the rules 
of the Executive Directors’ Annual Bonus Scheme. 

Looking ahead to 2017
The  base  salaries  of  the  Executive  Directors  were  increased  with  effect 
from  1  October  2016.  Daemmon  Reeve’s  salary  was  increased  by 
1.5%, in line with the basic increase of UK staff. In accordance with the 
frequency set out in the Remuneration Policy, the salary of Richard Hope 
was  benchmarked  against  other  Financial  Directors  of  Fledgling  Index 
companies  and  was  also  increased  by  1.5%,  it  having  been  found  that 
there was no misalignment with benchmarking data. 

A review of performance conditions in respect of all Group bonus schemes 
was undertaken during the year and changes are proposed to the Executive 
Directors bonus scheme, subject to the approval of the Remuneration Policy 
at the Annual General Meeting in 2017. Previously, whilst the new strategy 
was  being  embedded,  the  improvement  in  financial  performance  came 
from  both  greater  focus  on  cost  control  as  well  as  the  transitioning  of  the 
business to focus more on value-added ingredient solutions. Accordingly, an 
aggressive growth of 15% in adjusted profit before tax against prior year was 
required to trigger a maximum bonus award. Given that contribution to profits 
from cost control has made significant progress and that the Group operates 
in a mature business segment, dominated by large multi-national businesses 

where growth rarely exceeds 2.5%, the Committee felt that current stretched 
target  of  15%  growth  in  adjusted  profit  before  tax  is  now  unrealistic.  The 
Committee strongly believes that in order to motivate behaviour a performance 
criteria must be stretching but achievable. Therefore, to encourage continued 
growth of the business, the Remuneration Committee propose a maximum 
bonus  pay-out  at  110%  or  more  of  prior  year’s  adjusted  profit  before  tax, 
whilst narrowing the scale to reduce bonuses at the lower end of performance 
so that threshold is 96% of prior year’s adjusted profit before tax, at which the 
bonus award would be 5% of basic salary. The Committee will at all times 
retain discretion in respect of the exceptional and other items included within 
adjusted  profit  before  tax.  A  summary  of  the  performance  measure  is  set 
out below. The Committee believes that these changes to the scheme will 
continue  to  encourage  sustainable  growth  and  the  delivery  of  the  Group’s 
strategic objectives.

Performance Measure

Threshold

Target

Maximum

Adjusted profit  
before tax for prior year

Bonus award

96%

102.5%

110%

5% of basic 
salary

40% of 
basic salary

100% of 
basic salary

Remuneration policy
The aim of our remuneration policy is to attract and retain appropriately skilled 
and experienced Directors with the ability to deliver the Group’s strategic 
objectives and obtain good returns for shareholders in accordance with the 
Group’s values. This may be achieved through an appropriate combination 
of salary, benefits and performance-related longer term incentives, which 
align  the  interests  of  Directors  with  shareholders.  Following  consultation 
with the Group’s major shareholders, a share retention policy was adopted 
by the Board in 2014, which imposes a shareholding requirement of 200% 
of salary on the Chief Executive Officer and 150% of salary on the Finance 
Director. The Directors are not permitted to sell any shares, except to pay 
an exercise price and all applicable taxes due in respect of an award, until 
the  shareholding  requirement  is  met.  Daemmon  Reeve  has  continued 
throughout the year to add to his shareholding and currently holds 120% 
of his salary (as at 30 September 2016), details of which are on page 48 of 
the Implementation Report. Richard Hope has exceeded his shareholding 
requirement but continues to add to his shareholding.

Historically,  the  level  of  share-based  incentives  granted  to  Directors  has 
been  relatively  low  but  it  is  recognised  that  this  is  an  important  aspect 
of  remuneration,  which  encourages  focus  on  the  longer-term  interests 
of  shareholders  and  Directors  alike.  Therefore  the  grant  of  appropriate 
awards of share-based incentives, with stretching performance conditions, 
is  considered  annually  by  the  Remuneration  Committee.  As  a  result  of 
consultation with major shareholders, awards made under the Long Term 
Incentive Plan are subject to a one-year holding period following vesting, 
save that a proportion of the shares will be permitted to be sold in order to 
satisfy any tax liability arising upon either vesting or exercise. 

The  Committee  believes  that  this  policy  continues  to  be  aligned  with 
our  business  strategy,  set  out  elsewhere  in  this  report,  in  driving  the 
sustainable  growth  in  profits  for  the  long-term  benefit  of  the  business 
and its stakeholders and has shown positive results with a continual rise 
in the profits of the business. The Committee is also satisfied that within 
the  remuneration  policy,  and  particularly  in  respect  of  the  setting  of 
performance  targets,  there  is  a  sufficient  balance  between  encouraging 
entrepreneurial behaviour without encouraging excessive risk-taking. 

In a departure from provision D2.2 of the 2014 UK Corporate Governance 
Code, the remuneration of Group senior management is determined by the 
Executive Directors since the Board believes that the Executive Directors 
are best placed to make this decision. However, remuneration proposals in 
respect of senior managers are reviewed and monitored by the Committee 

39

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE Annual Report & Financial Statements 2016TREATT PLC   IDirectors’ Remuneration Report continued

to  ensure  consistency  and  proportionality.  The  bonuses  of  all  senior 
managers in the Group are approved by the Committee.

Members of the Committee are shown on page 96 and for full biographies 
of the Committee members see page 25. The terms of reference of the 
Committee can be found on the Treatt website at www.treatt.com.

Decisions made during the year
In line with its terms of reference, the following key matters were considered 
by the Committee during the year: 
•  approval of the 2015 Directors’ Remuneration Report; 
•  agreement of the bonuses payable for the 2015 financial year;
•  grant of options to Directors under the Treatt LTIP and the setting of 

performance conditions;

•  review of the remuneration package of the CEO following relocation to 

POLICY SECTION
Remuneration Policy Report
The  Committee’s  policy  is  to  ensure  that  remuneration  structures  are 
simple,  transparent  and  proportional  to  the  size  and  complexity  of  the 
business whilst ensuring that Executive Directors are fairly rewarded for the 
role they undertake. The main principles of the remuneration policy are:

the UK;

•  salaries  should  be  competitive  but  not  excessive  when  compared  to 

•  grant  of  options  to  senior  management  and  key  employees  and  the 

similar companies;

setting of performance conditions;

•  review  and  amendment  of  Executive  Directors  bonus  scheme 

performance condition;

•  review of the remuneration policy and the remuneration arrangements 

for the Executive Directors and Chairman; 

•  review  of  salary  levels  for  the  Executive  Directors  and  agreement  of 

salary increases for the 2017 financial year; 

•  to consider the award of free and matching shares to UK employees 
under  the  Share  Incentive  Plan  and  equivalent  awards  of  restricted 
stock units to US employees under the Long Term Incentive Plan; and

•  review of the Share Retention Policy. 

During  the  year  all  elements  of  the  packages  of  the  Executive  Directors 
were reviewed and no significant changes have been made, other than to 
the parameters of the Executive Directors bonus scheme, as stated above.

•  remuneration  packages  should  align  the  interests  of  Directors  with 
shareholders by using stretching performance metrics that provide a 
strong link to the creation of shareholder value;

•  there should be appropriate balance between fixed and performance-
related pay to ensure delivery of results over the short, medium and 
longer term;

•  performance metrics should not encourage a culture of excessive risk 

taking; and

•  Directors should invest in and retain shares in Treatt.

The Committee reviews its policy annually to determine whether it remains 
effective and aligned to the Group strategy. Emphasis will continue to be 
placed  on  longer-term  share-based  incentives  to  more  closely  align  the 
interests of Directors with shareholders and provide stretching longer term 
targets to encourage strong performance.

I  hope  that  shareholders  will  support  the  resolutions  on  Directors 
remuneration; I will be available at the AGM to answer any questions you 
may have.

The current intention is that the framework of this remuneration policy will 
apply for future years. 

DAVID JOHNSTON
Chairman
Remuneration Committee

Executive Directors’ remuneration 
The following table sets out a summary of each element of the Executive 
Directors’  remuneration,  how  it  operates,  the  maximum  opportunity 
available, applicable performance metrics and changes to remuneration 
for the 2017 financial year:

Element – Purpose  
and link to strategy

Operation

Maximum Opportunity

Performance Metrics

Base salary
Help recruit and retain 
high calibre Executive 
Directors

Reviewed annually by the Committee with 
changes taking effect from 1 October unless 
a change in responsibility requires an interim 
review

To provide a competitive 
salary relative to the size 
of the Group

Influenced by personal performance and 
by the increase in salaries of other Group 
employees 

Reflects individual 
experience and the role

Normally benchmarked at intervals of 3 
years against similar companies and targeted 
broadly at the median level 

Excluding a review 
required by a 
change in role or 
responsibility, to align 
with benchmarking, 
or in exceptional 
circumstances, the 
annual increase should 
not exceed the average 
salary increase of 
employees within the 
Group 

Individual 
and company 
performance are 
considered

Discretion may be exercised for the purpose 
of retention

Changes for 2017 
financial year

No changes have 
been made to 
the salary review 
process

Base salary increase 
for Daemmon Reeve 
is consistent with the 
basic increase of UK 
employees at 1.5%

Base salary 
increase for Richard 
Hope, following 
benchmarking is 
1.5% 

40

I   TREATT PLC 
Maximum Opportunity

Except as otherwise 
stated these are on 
the same terms as the 
benefits received by 
other employees in the 
country in which the 
Director is resident

Performance 
Metrics

Changes for 2017 
financial year

Not applicable

Following relocation 
back to the UK, 
Daemmon Reeve 
receives benefits 
in line with those 
received by UK 
employees

Element – Purpose  
and link to strategy

Operation

Benefits
Help recruit and retain 
high calibre Executive 
Directors

Entitlement to the following benefits on the 
same terms as employees in the country in 
which the Director is resident:

Private Healthcare – except that Daemmon 
Reeve also receives Family Cover; Life 
Assurance; Permanent Health Insurance; 
All-employee share schemes

Life Assurance for UK tax resident Directors 
will be provided by means of a Lifetime Plus 
Policy

Any new benefits introduced to staff 
generally shall be provided to Directors on 
equal or comparable terms

Discretion may be exercised to provide 
appropriate benefits that might become 
payable as a result of a new business 
requirement, such as a need for a Director 
to relocate 

Annual bonus
(Note 1)
Provides an element 
of at risk pay, which 
incentivises the 
achievement of good 
annual financial results 

Aligns Directors’ 
interests with 
shareholders

The rules of the Executive Directors Bonus 
Scheme and the performance targets are 
reviewed every 3 years

100% of salary

Annual bonuses are calculated by reference 
to the achievement of performance targets 
for the financial year and each Director is 
entitled to a percentage of salary based 
upon this calculation, subject to the 
maximum opportunity

Bonuses are subject to determination by 
the Committee in accordance with scheme 
rules after year end and are paid in cash in 
December 

The Committee will at all times retain 
discretion in respect of the exceptional and 
other items included within adjusted profit 
before tax

Bonuses are 
based on 
the growth in 
adjusted Group 
profit before tax 
compared to the 
prior financial year
Bonus payments 
range from 4% of 
salary at threshold 
level rising 
incrementally to 
a maximum of 
100% of salary 
where adjusted 
Group profit 
before tax is 
115% or more of 
prior year

The Committee 
has discretion 
to reduce 
bonus where 
circumstances 
have created 
a sufficiently 
significant impact 
on the reputation 
of the Group to 
justify, in the view 
of the Committee, 
the operation of 
this discretion

For 2017, bonuses
are to be based
on the growth in
adjusted Group
profit before tax
compared to the
prior financial year

Bonus payments
range from 5% of
salary at threshold
level, being 96% of 
prior year’s adjusted 
Group profit before 
tax rising
incrementally to a
maximum of 100%
of salary where
adjusted Group profit 
before tax is 110% or
more of prior year

The Committee has 
discretion to reduce 
bonuses where 
circumstances have 
created a sufficiently 
significant impact 
on the reputation 
of the Group to 
justify, in the view 
of the Committee, 
the operation of this 
discretion 

41

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE Annual Report & Financial Statements 2016TREATT PLC   I 
Changes for 2017 
financial year

None

Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

Element – Purpose  
and link to strategy

Operation

Maximum Opportunity

Performance Metrics

Long Term Incentive 
Plan
(Note 2)
Incentivises Directors 
to achieve returns for 
shareholders over a 
longer time frame

Aligns Directors 
interests with 
shareholders

The LTIP was approved by shareholders at 
the AGM in February 2014

100% of salary based on 
market value of shares at 
date of grant

The Committee will consider awards of 
shares under the LTIP annually and will 
review the quantum of awards to ensure 
that they are in line with market rates

Awards will be made at nil cost with 
vesting dependent on the achievement 
of performance conditions over a period 
determined by the Committee, which shall 
be a minimum of 3 years

Discretion may be exercised in respect of 
the performance criteria by replacing the 
current measure with a similarly appropriate 
measure or combination of measures

Awards will be subject to a one year holding 
period following vesting net of any tax 
liability arising on either vesting or exercise.
The Committee may also exercise the 
specific discretions contained within the 
rules of the scheme, as approved by 
shareholders

The vesting of the 
awards shall be subject 
to growth in adjusted 
basic EPS exceeding a 
minimum level during 
the period from date of 
grant to date of vesting 

The performance 
criterion over a 3 year 
period is the average 
annual growth in 
adjusted basic EPS. 
30% of award vests 
where average annual 
growth equals or 
exceeds 3% rising 
incrementally to 100% 
where average annual 
growth equals or 
exceeds 10%

Awards lapse if 
performance criteria 
are not met at the 
end of the three year 
performance period

Share Retention Policy

Holding requirements:

Not applicable

Not applicable

None

CEO – 200% of basic salary
FD – 150% of basic salary

Directors are required to retain shares 
acquired under share-based incentive 
awards until the holding requirements are 
met, save that they are permitted to sell 
sufficient shares to pay any exercise price 
and all applicable taxes due in respect of 
that award

Entitlement to receive employer 
contributions into a defined contribution 
pension scheme on the same terms as 
employees in the country in which the 
Director is resident

Pension
Help recruit and retain 
high calibre Executive 
Directors and to provide 
a competitive package 
relative to the size of the 
Group

Not applicable

UK employees 9% base 
salary contribution or 
15% where previously a 
member of the defined 
benefit pension scheme 
(no personal contribution 
required in either case)

Following 
relocation back 
to the UK, 
Daemmon Reeve 
receives 15% 
contribution, 
having been a 
member of the 
defined benefit 
pension scheme 

42

I   TREATT PLC 
Maximum Opportunity

Performance Metrics

Recruitment awards are 
subject to the maximum 
value of any outstanding 
awards forgone by the 
recruit

Based on existing 
Treatt performance 
conditions

Changes for 2017 
financial year

None

Element – Purpose  
and link to strategy

Operation

Recruitment of 
Executive Directors
Enable recruitment of 
high calibre Executive 
Directors able to 
contribute to the 
success of the Group

Salary will be set to reflect skills and 
experience of incoming Director and market 
rate for the role to be undertaken

Existing benefits and incentives of the 
Group to be used with participation on the 
same basis as existing Directors

Payment of relocation expenses where 
relevant

In the event of an internal promotion any 
commitments made prior to promotion may 
continue to be honoured when they would 
otherwise be inconsistent with this policy 

Discretion may be exercised in exceptional 
circumstances and existing entitlements 
with current employer, such as bonus 
and share schemes, may be bought out 
on a like-for-like basis and subject to 
performance conditions

Clawback
To ensure Executive 
Directors do not 
benefit from errors or 
misconduct 

Provisions are included in performance-
related remuneration to enable clawback 
of remuneration which has been overpaid 
due to material misstatement of the Group’s 
accounts, errors made in calculation or a 
Director’s misconduct

Not applicable

Not applicable

None

Notes
1  The  performance  targets  were  set  by  the  Remuneration  Committee 
and  are  reviewed  annually  to  ensure  that  they  continue  to  incentivise 
strong  financial  performance.  The  Committee  continues  to  believe 
that this performance measure offers a balance between the needs of 
shareholders, in providing good profitability and providing a measure of 
performance over which the Executive Directors have direct influence. 
The  Committee  considers  that  the  level  of  performance  required  is 
appropriately stretching.

  The bonuses of staff and senior management are restricted to a maximum 
of between 12% and 60% of base salary depending on seniority, role and 
market conditions.

2   Performance targets are set by the Committee at the date of grant of the 
options to ensure that they are appropriately stretching. The Committee 
considers adjusted basic EPS to be a complete and appropriate measure 
of performance, capturing revenue growth and operating margin. EPS 
targets are aligned with the Board’s strategy. 

  Awards under the LTIP may be made to Senior Executives and other key 
employees who have significant influence over the Group’s ability to meet 
its strategic targets with such awards being subject to the achievement 
of  performance  conditions  set  by  the  Committee  at  the  date  of  grant, 
consistent with those of Executive Directors.

43

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE Annual Report & Financial Statements 2016TREATT PLC   I 
Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

Maximum Opportunity

Changes for 2017 financial year

Fee increases for all Non-executive 
directors are consistent with the 
basic increase of UK employees  
at 1.5% 

Excluding a review 
required by a change 
in role or responsibility 
or to align with 
benchmarking the 
annual increase should 
not exceed the average 
increase of employees 
within the Group 

Non-executive Directors’ remuneration

Element – Purpose  
and link to strategy

Operation

Fees
To recruit high 
calibre Non-
executive Directors

To reward 
additional 
responsibility by 
virtue of position 
as Chairman of the 
Board or Chairman 
of a Committee

Subject to an aggregate limit within the Articles of 
Association, which was last approved by shareholders at 
the AGM in February 2014

Reviewed annually for each Non-executive Director with 
changes taking effect from 1 October 

The Chairman’s fees are reviewed by the Committee 
and the other Non-executives’ fees are reviewed by the 
Board (excluding the Non-executives) 

Influenced by the increase in salaries of other Group 
employees and by personal performance

Benchmarked against similar companies and targeted 
broadly at the median level 

Additional fees may be paid in respect of increased 
responsibility or time commitment required by the 
role or in respect of invoiced consultancy fees, where 
relevant

Comparison of remuneration policy 
This policy sets out the remuneration structure applicable to Directors of 
the Group. Salary levels and incentive arrangements applicable to other 
Group  employees  are  determined  by  reference  to  local  employment 
conditions for comparative roles. 

Budgeted  salary  increases  for  Group  employees  are  taken  into 
consideration when determining increases for the Executive Directors.

Employees  are  provided  with  a  competitive  benefits  package  including 
healthcare,  life  assurance  and  pension.  Consistent  with  Directors, 
employees  are  eligible  to  participate  in  an  annual  bonus  scheme  with 
conditions linked to the performance of their operating subsidiary and the 
Group overall. Employee share ownership is encouraged across the Group 
and participation, particularly in the UK, is strong. The Share Incentive 
Plan is designed to further encourage employee share ownership. Eligible 
employees,  including  Executive  Directors,  are  able  to  participate  in  the 
all-employee share schemes on equal terms. Executive Directors and key 
employees  with  the  greatest  potential  to  influence  achievement  of  the 
Group’s strategic objectives are provided with share options or long-term 
incentives designed to encourage strong Group performance. 

The Group does not consult with employees in respect of the Executive 
Directors remuneration policy. However, the Committee receives regular 
updates on salary and bonus levels across the Group and is aware of how 
the remuneration of Directors compares to employees. 

Where  exceptional  circumstances  arise,  the  Committee  shall  have 
discretion to approve payments not specifically referred to above where the 
Committee, acting in good faith and taking into account the needs of the 
wider business, considers it reasonable and appropriate to do so.

Illustration of remuneration policy
The graphs below provide estimates of the potential future reward for each 
of the Executive Directors based on their current roles, the remuneration 
policy outlined on pages 39 to 50 and base salaries as at 1 October 2016. 

Remuneration policy illustration

(£’000)

600

500

400

300

200

100

0

287

144

43

43

43

185

7

15

93

7
15

7

15

287

287

287

185

185

185

Minimum

On target

Maximum

Minimum

On target

Maximum

Chief Executive Officer – Daemmon Reeve

Finance Director – Richard Hope

 Salary        

 Pension       

 Bonus       

 Share Options

Only  those  share  options  which  potentially  vest  in  2017  have  been 
included and have been calculated as the difference in market value at  
30 September 2016, being £2.10, and the option price. 

44

I   TREATT PLC 
In addition, when setting remuneration levels for the Executive Directors the 
Committee takes account of the levels of remuneration received by executive 
directors of similar companies that are selected on the grounds of:
•  size in terms of turnover, profits and number of people employed;
•  a ranking within the FTSE Fledgling Index or FTSE Small Cap Index;
•  the diversity and complexity of the business;
•  the geographical spread of its business; and
•  market segment.

Whilst  remuneration  consultants  have  not  been  engaged,  regular 
benchmarking is undertaken against companies within the FTSE Fledgling 
and Small Cap Indexes using salary reports and surveys of established 
remuneration consultants. 

Summary of Director’s service contracts as at 30 September 2016:

Daemmon Reeve
Richard Hope

Summary of the key elements of Directors’ service contracts:

Directors’ Contracts
Executive Directors
The Committee reviews the contractual terms of new and existing Executive 
Directors  to  ensure  that  they  reflect  best  practice  and  are  designed  
to attract and retain suitable candidates. The Committee considers that 
a  rolling  contract  terminable  on  twelve  months’  notice  by  either  party  
is appropriate. 

Date of contract

 6 April 2016
1 October 2013

Notice period

12 months
12 months

Provision

Notice period

Termination payment

Salary

Benefits

Summary

12 months by either party

Daemmon Reeve – No provision for payment in lieu of notice
Richard Hope – No provision for payment in lieu of notice

Reviewed annually with effect from 1 October each year

Private healthcare, life assurance, permanent health insurance, pension
Participation in discretionary incentive arrangements determined by the Committee

The  Directors’  contracts  are  available  for  inspection  at  the  Parent 
Company’s registered office during normal business hours.

Payments for loss of office
In  accordance  with  the  2014  UK  Corporate  Governance  Code  notice 
periods shall not exceed a maximum of twelve months.

Future contracts are to provide for remuneration obligations comparable 
to  those  set  out  above  taking  into  consideration  role  and  responsibility, 
except in exceptional circumstances where additional incentive is required 
in order to secure the services of an outstanding candidate. 

Non-executive Directors
All Non-executive Directors are subject to the same terms and conditions 
of appointment which provide for the payment of fees for their services 
in connection with Board and Board Committee meetings. In their Non-
executive  capacities  they  do  not  qualify  for  participation  in  any  of  the 
Group’s bonus, share option or other incentive schemes, and they are not 
eligible for pension scheme membership. 

The terms and conditions of appointment of Non-executive Directors are 
available for inspection at the Parent Company’s registered office during 
normal business hours.

In  normal  circumstances  it  is  expected  that  termination  payments  for 
Executive  Directors  should  not  exceed  current  salary  and  benefits  for 
the notice period. When determining termination payments in the event 
of  early  termination,  the  Committee  will  take  into  account  a  variety  of 
factors including length of service, personal and Group performance, the 
Director’s obligation to mitigate his loss, statutory compensation to which 
a Director may be entitled and legal fees and other payments which may 
be payable under a settlement agreement. 

A  Director  who  has  been  given  notice  by  the  Group  for  any  reason 
other  than  on  the  grounds  of  injury,  disability,  redundancy  or  change 
of  control  shall  only  be  eligible  to  a  payment  under  the  bonus  scheme 
at  the  discretion  of  the  Committee,  which  will  take  into  account  the 
circumstances leading to the notice.

45

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE Annual Report & Financial Statements 2016TREATT PLC   IDirectors’ Remuneration Report continued

Directors  have  no  entitlement  to  performance-related  share-based 
incentives,  the  unvested  portion  of  which  will  generally  lapse  following 
termination of employment. However, in certain circumstances, such as 
injury, disability or redundancy, share options, which shall be pro-rated 
by reference to the proportion of the performance period completed and 
subject to performance conditions, may be exercised within six months of 
termination. Where termination is for any other reason, share options may 
only be exercised at the discretion of, and to the extent permitted by the 
Committee, acting fairly and reasonably.

External Appointments
Whilst neither of the Executive Directors currently serve as Non-executive 
Directors  on  the  boards  of  other  companies,  it  is  recognised  that  such 
appointments would provide an opportunity to gain broader experience 
outside  of  Treatt  which  would  benefit  the  Group.  In  the  event  that  the 
Directors are offered such positions and providing that they are not likely 
to lead to a conflict of interest or significant constraints on time, Executive 
Directors may, with the prior approval of the Board, accept Non-executive 
appointments and retain the fees received.

Shareholder Views
The Remuneration Committee engaged pro-actively with the Group’s major 
shareholders in respect of the details of this policy and welcomed feedback 
received  from  them.  The  views  of  these  shareholders  were  taken  into 
consideration in adopting the share retention policy, clawback and the one 
year holding period for LTIPs. The Committee will also consult with major 
shareholders prior to any material changes to the remuneration policy.

This  Remuneration  Policy,  if  approved  at  the  2017  Annual  General 
Meeting, shall be effective immediately and remain effective until it is next 
required to be approved by shareholders.

IMPLEMENTATION REPORT
The following section of this report provides details of the implementation 
of the policy for the year ended 30 September 2016.

Directors’ Remuneration (audited)
The  tables  below  report  a  single  figure  for  total  remuneration  for  each 
individual Executive and Non-executive Director respectively. 

Executive Directors:

Salary
Taxable benefits (Note 1)
Annual bonus (Note 2)
Share options vesting in the financial year
Pension (Note 3)

Non-executive Directors:

Tim Jones
Anita Haines
Jeff Iliffe
Richard Illek (from 1 June 2016)
David Johnston
Ian Neil (until 29 January 2016)

                  Daemmon Reeve

                   Richard Hope

2016
£’000

287
—
252
—
41

580

2015
£’000

233
3
214
—
20

470

2016
£’000

182
—
160
16
14

372

                   Fees

2016
£’000

61
33
37
11
36
12

2015
£’000

179
—
165
6
19

369

2015
£’000

53
32
35
—
33
35

Note 1:  Taxable benefits provided to Executive Directors only relate to private medical insurance. 

Note 2:  Details relating to the annual bonus are as follows:
The annual bonus for Executive Directors is calculated based on the annual growth in profit before tax, adjusted for exceptional and other items at 
the discretion of the Remuneration Committee. The annual bonus is capped at a maximum of 100% of annual basic salary. The annual bonus, as a 
percentage of the maximum achievable, was as follows:

190

188

Daemmon Reeve
Richard Hope

46

2016

88%
88%

2015

92%
92%

I   TREATT PLC 
The proportion of fixed and variable pay, exclusive of pension, benefits and share options, is shown below for the Executive Directors:

Daemmon Reeve
Richard Hope

                    Basic Salary

                  Annual Bonus

2016

53%
53%

2015

52%
52%

2016

47%
47%

2015

48%
48%

Note 3: Richard Hope’s pension contributions include pay in lieu of pension after deduction of employers’ NI.

Performance graph
This  performance  graph  shows  Treatt  plc’s  performance,  measured  by 
total shareholder return, compared with that of the FTSE All Share Index, 
which  has  been  selected  by  the  Board  as  being  the  most  appropriate 
measure against which to benchmark its performance. 

1
1
/
9
/
0
3
m
o
r
f
n
r
u
t
e
r

l

r
e
d
o
h
e
r
a
h
S
%

250.00

200.00

150.00

100.00

50.00

0.00

-50.00

Total shareholder return 2011-2016

Sep 11

Sep 12

Sep 13

Sep 14

Sep 15

Sep 16

 Treatt Plc   

 FTSE All Share

CEO remuneration
The following table provides historical data on remuneration in respect of the Director(s) performing the role of Chief Executive Officer for each of the 
years covered by the performance graph:

Total remuneration (£’000)
Annual bonus as % of maximum1
Share options vesting as % of maximum3

2016

580
88%
N/A4

2015

470
92%
100%

2014

436
95%
100%

2013

405
85%
100%

20122

274 
11%3
100%

1   The CEO Remuneration for 2012 is the combined remuneration paid to the current and previous CEO for the periods when they held that post.
2   The 2012 annual bonus only related to two months of the financial year.
3   All share options vested in full as they were all-employee share options which were not subject to performance conditions.
4   There were no options which vested during the year.

The percentage change in remuneration for 2016 of the Director undertaking the role of CEO, compared to employees as a whole was as follows:

CEO
Employees1

Salaries2

Bonus2

13.4%
3.5%

8.2%
1.8%

1  The employees used for comparison are those UK and US employees who, for the salary comparison, were employed for the whole of the 2016 

financial year, and for bonuses, for the whole of both the 2015 and 2016 financial years. 

2   The changes in salaries and bonuses have been calculated on a constant currency basis for USD payments, using the average exchange rate for 2016.

47

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE Annual Report & Financial Statements 2016TREATT PLC   I 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

Relative importance of spend on pay
Wages and salaries are the most significant overhead cost in the Group. The following table sets out, in a manner prescribed by the regulations, the 
relative importance of employee remuneration, as compared to distributions to shareholders and other significant uses of profit, the most significant of 
which, taxation, has therefore been selected:

Total remuneration1
Dividends2
Current tax3

2016

11,635
2,095
2,354

2015

Movement

10, 676
1,978
1,909 

+9%
+6%
+23%

1  Total remuneration includes wages, salaries and pension costs as disclosed in note 6.
2  Dividends paid in the financial year as disclosed in note 10.
3  Current tax payable in respect of the financial year as disclosed in note 9.

Directors’ interests (audited)
The Directors who held office at 30 September 2016 had the following interests in the shares of the Parent Company:

                   Shares held outright  
                 or vested

          Unvested share options
        with performance conditions
2015

2016

               Unvested all-employee 
              share options

2016

2015

Executive Directors
Daemmon Reeve
Richard Hope
Non-executive Directors
Tim Jones
Anita Haines

2016

2015

159,001
199,520

120,751
50,680

131,462
176,400

75,877
50,680

460,992
245,868

284,586
148,010

13,043
13,238

5,710
11,874

—
—

—
—

—
—

—
—

Between 1 October 2016 and 24 November 2016, the latest date practicable to obtain the information prior to publication of this document the following 
changes occurred:

Daemmon Reeve purchased 891 shares under a Dividend Reinvestment Plan
Richard Hope purchased 1,193 shares under Dividend Reinvestment Plans

The table below shows the value of Executive Directors’ interests in shares as at 30 September 2016 as a percentage of their base salary:

                  Value of shares held  
                 outright or vested

                   Base salary1

             Value of interest as  
             % of base salary

Target % of  
base salary

2016
£’000

 334 
 419 

2015
£’000

212
285

2016
£’000

287
182

2015
£’000

233
179

2016
%

116%
230%

2015
%

91%
159%

200%
150%

Daemmon Reeve
Richard Hope

1  Base salary is the average basic gross pay for the corresponding year. 

48

I   TREATT PLCShare option schemes (audited)
The following share options were granted to Executive Directors during the financial year:

Daemmon Reeve

Richard Hope

Scheme

Basis

Date of 
grant

Share price at 
date of grant

Face value
£’000

Min 
performance 
award

Performance
end date

SAYE 20161
LTIP 20152

All-staff
Executive

15 Jul 16
14 Dec 15

SAYE 20161
LTIP 20152

All-staff
Executive

15 Jul 16
14 Dec 15

£1.725
£1.700

£1.725
£1.700

22
299

7
188

N/A
30%

N/A
30%

N/A
30/9/18

N/A
30/9/18

1  SAYE (Save As You Earn) share options are offered to UK employees (subject to tax exempt limits) at a discount of 20% of the average share price for 

the three days preceding the date of grant and are exercisable after three years.

2   Executive LTIPs are granted at Nil cost, subject to performance conditions.

The performance conditions for Executive LTIP options are as follows:
Average annual growth in adjusted basic earnings per share for the three financial years ending on the performance end date shown above. The options 
shall vest on a linear sliding scale: 30% where average annual growth equals or exceeds 3%, increasing to 100% where average annual growth equals 
or exceeds 10%. If the average annual growth in adjusted EPS is less than 3%, the options will lapse.

The share options of the Directors in office during the year are as set out below:

Daemmon Reeve

Richard Hope

Exercise
dates

Jul 2016
Sep 2019 – Feb 2020
Dec 2017 – Dec 2022
Dec 2018 – Dec 2023
Dec 2017 – Mar 2018
Dec 2018 – Mar 2019

Sep 2016 – Feb 2017
Sep 2017 – Feb 2018
Sep 2018 – Feb 2019
Sep 2019 – Feb 2020
Dec 2015 – Dec 2022
Dec 2016 – Dec 2023
Dec 2017 – Dec 2024
Dec 2018 – Dec 2025

Exercise
price

137.0p
138.0p
79.0p
147.2p
Nil
Nil

97.8p
138.0p
132.0p
138.0p
78.0p
147.2p
Nil
Nil

At 1 Oct
2015

Granted 
during the Year

Exercised  
during the Year

Expired 
during the Year

At 30 Sept
2016

—
—
78,195
41,575
165,182 
—

5,710
13,043
—
—
—
176,040

284,952

194,793

—
—
—
—
—
—

—

(5,710)
—
—
—
—
—

—
13,043
78,195
41,575
165,182
176,040

(5,710)

474,035

2,940
4,434
4,500
—
12,820
6,790
128,400
—

—
—
—
4,304
—
—
—
110,678

(2,940)
—
—
—
(12,820)
—
—
—

159,884

114,982

(15,760)

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—

—
4,434
4,500
4,304
—
6,790
128,400
110,678

259,106

The aggregate amount of gains made by the Directors on the exercise of share options in the year was £16,000 (2015: £6,000).

There have been no further changes in the interests of the Directors to subscribe for or acquire shares between 1 October 2016 and 24 November 2016, 
the latest date practicable to obtain the information prior to publication of this document.

The market price of the shares at 30 September 2016 was £2.10 and the range during the financial year was £1.57 to £2.10. All market price figures are 
derived from the Daily Official List of the London Stock Exchange.

49

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE Annual Report & Financial Statements 2016TREATT PLC   IDirectors’ Remuneration Report continued

Pensions (audited)
The Chief Executive Officer is a deferred member of the R C Treatt & Co Limited Pension & Assurance Scheme following its closure to future accruals on 
31 December 2012. The plan was a non-contributory, H M Revenue & Customs approved, defined benefit occupational pension scheme. 

The pension entitlement is as follows:

Normal
retirement date

                   Accrued total
                  pension at

2016
£

2015
£

Daemmon Reeve

24 Sep 2036

20,988

20,985

The transfer values have been calculated on the basis of actuarial advice in accordance with Statutory Instrument 2013 No 1981 – The Large and 
Medium-Sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) (Amendment) Regulations 2013. Further details of the scheme are included in note 26.

In addition, contributions to defined money purchase pension plans were made as follows:

Daemmon Reeve
Richard Hope*

2016
£’000

41
14

2015
£’000

20
19

* Richard Hope’s pension contributions include pay in lieu of pension after deduction of employers’ NI in order to be cost neutral to the Group.

Statement of voting
At the Annual General Meeting held on 29 January 2016, the votes cast in respect of the resolution to approve the Directors’ Remuneration Report, were 
as follows:

For: 99.90% Against: 0.10% Votes withheld: 16,300

Audit notes 
In accordance with Section 421 of the Companies Act 2006 and the Regulations, where indicated, certain information contained within the Implementation 
Section of this report has been audited. The remaining sections are not subject to audit.

This report was approved by the Board and signed on its behalf on 28 November 2016.

ANITA STEER
Secretary

50

I   TREATT PLCIndependent Auditor’s Report to the Members of Treatt plc

We  have  audited  the  Group  and  Parent  Company  financial  statements 
(“the  financial  statements”)  on  pages  53  to  90.  The  financial  reporting 
framework that has been applied in their preparation is applicable law and 
International  Financial  Reporting  Standards  (IFRSs)  as  adopted  by  the 
European Union and, as regards the Parent Company financial statements, 
as applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006. 

This report is made solely to the Parent Company’s members, as a body, 
in  accordance  with  Chapter  3  of  Part  16  of  the  Companies  Act  2006. 
Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the Parent 
Company’s members those matters we are required to state to them in an 
auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by 
law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the 
Parent Company and the Parent Company’s members as a body, for our 
audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

Respective responsibilities of directors and auditor
As  more  fully  explained  in  the  Directors’  Responsibilities  Statement  set 
out on page 23, the Directors are responsible for the preparation of the 
financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair 
view. Our responsibility is to audit and express an opinion on the financial 
statements in accordance with applicable law and International Standards 
on Auditing (UK and Ireland). Those standards require us to comply with 
the Auditing Practices Board’s (APB’s) Ethical Standards for Auditors.

Scope of the audit of the financial statements
A description of the scope of an audit of financial statements is provided 
on the Financial Reporting Council’s website at http://www.frc.org.uk/
auditscopeukprivate.

Opinion on financial statements
In our opinion: 
•  the  financial  statements  give  a  true  and  fair  view  of  the  state  of  the 
Group’s and the Parent Company’s affairs as at 30 September 2016 
and of the Group’s profit for the year then ended;

•  the  Group  financial  statements  have  been  properly  prepared  in 

accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the European Union; 

•  the Parent Company financial statements have been properly prepared 
in  accordance  with  IFRSs  as  adopted  by  the  European  Union  and 
as  applied  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  the  Companies  Act  
2006; and

•  the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the 
requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the Group 
financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

Opinion on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006
In our opinion:
•  the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited has been 

properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006; 

•  the information given in the Strategic Report and the Directors’ Report 
for the financial year for which the financial statements are prepared is 
consistent with the financial statements; and

•  the  information  given  in  the  Corporate  Governance  Statement  set 
out  on  pages  34  to  38  in  compliance  with  rules  7.2.5  and  7.2.6  in 
the  Disclosure  Rules  and  Transparency  Rules  sourcebook  issued  by  
the  Financial  Conduct  Authority  (information  about  internal  control  
and  risk  management  systems  in  relation  to  financial  reporting 
processes  and  about  share  capital  structures)  is  consistent  with  the 
financial statements.

Directors’ assessment of the principal risks that would threaten the solvency 
or liquidity of the Group
We have nothing material to add or to draw attention to in relation to:
•  the Directors’ confirmation in the annual report that they have carried out 
a robust assessment of the principal risks facing the Group, including 
those that would threaten its business model, future performance or 
liquidity;

•  the  disclosures  in  the  annual  report  that  describe  those  risks  and 

explain how they are being managed or mitigated;

•  the  Directors’  statement  in  the  financial  statements  about  whether 
they  considered  it  appropriate  to  adopt  the  going  concern  basis  of 
accounting in preparing them, and their identification of any material 
uncertainties in the Group’s ability to continue to do so over a period 
of  at  least  twelve  months  from  the  date  of  approval  of  the  financial 
statements; and

•  the  Directors’  explanation  in  the  annual  report  as  to  how  they  have 
assessed  the  prospects  of  the  Group,  over  what  period  they  have 
done  so  and  why  they  consider  that  period  to  be  appropriate,  and 
their statement as to whether they have a reasonable expectation that 
the Group will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities 
as  they  fall  due  over  the  period  of  their  assessment,  including  any 
related  disclosures  drawing  attention  to  any  necessary  qualifications 
or assumptions.

Matters on which we are required to report by exception
We have nothing to report in respect of the following:
•  Under the ISAs (UK and Ireland) we are required to report to you if, in 

our opinion, information in the annual report is:

  •    materially inconsistent with the information in the audited financial 

statements; or

  •    apparently materially incorrect based on, or materially inconsistent 
with,  our  knowledge  of  the  Group  acquired  in  the  course  of 
performing our audit; or

  •   otherwise misleading.
In  particular,  we  are  required  to  consider  whether  we  have  identified 
any  inconsistencies  between  our  knowledge  acquired  during  the  audit 
and  the  Directors’  statement  that  they  consider  the  annual  report  is 
fair,  balanced  and  understandable  and  whether  the  annual  report 
appropriately discloses those matters that we communicated to the Audit 
Committee which we consider should have been disclosed.

•  Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in 

our opinion:

  •    adequate  accounting  records  have  not  been  kept  by  the  Parent 
Company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received 
from branches not visited by us; or

  •    the  Parent  Company  financial  statements  and  the  part  of  the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited are not in agreement 
with the accounting records and returns; or

  •    certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law are 

not made; or

  •    we have not received all the information and explanations we require 

for our audit; or

  •    a Corporate Governance Statement has not been prepared by the 

Parent Company.

•  Under the Listing Rules we are required to review:
  •    the  Directors’  statement,  set  out  on  page  21,  in  relation  to  going 

concern and longer-term viability; and

  •    the part of the Corporate Governance Statement on page 34 relating 
to the Parent Company’s compliance with the provisions of the 2014 
UK Corporate Governance Code specified for our review.

51

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE Annual Report & Financial Statements 2016TREATT PLC   IIndependent Auditor’s Report to the Members of Treatt plc continued

Our assessment of risks of material misstatement
We identified the following risk as being that which had the most significant 
impact on our audit strategy and set out below how this was addressed by 
the scope of our audit:

•  inventory provisions

We reconfirmed our understanding of the basis for determining provisions 
against obsolete, slow moving and defective inventory and against items 
where  expected  net  realisable  value  is  lower  than  cost.  We  considered 
the  controls  over  this  process,  and  whether  these  continued  to  be 
appropriate  and  consistently  applied.  We  tested  a  sample  of  inventory 
provisions, considered their appropriateness and reviewed post year end 
transactions to assess whether these confirmed the provisions made and 
their completeness. We also reviewed the outcome of prior year provisions. 

An overview of the scope of our audit 
Our group audit approach focused on the Parent Company and the three 
key trading subsidiaries, two in the UK and one in the US. The UK entities 
are  subject  to  local  statutory  audit  completed  to  the  Group  reporting 
timetable.  The  US  entity  is  not  subject  to  local  statutory  audit  and  has 
been subject to full scope audit to Group materiality. The US entity audit 
was undertaken by the same team as the UK statutory audits.

These audits covered 99% of Group revenue, 99% of Group profit before 
tax, and 97% of Group total assets. 

CHARLES FRAY (Senior Statutory Auditor)
For and on behalf of RSM UK AUDIT LLP  
Statutory Auditor

Our application of materiality
When  establishing  our  overall  audit  strategy,  we  set  certain  thresholds 
which  help  us  to  determine  the  nature,  timing  and  extent  of  our  audit 
procedures and to evaluate the effects of misstatements, both individually 
and  on  the  financial  statements  as  a  whole.  During  planning  we 
determined  a  magnitude  of  uncorrected  misstatements  that  we  judge 
would be material for the financial statements as a whole (FSM). During 
planning  FSM  was  calculated  as  £475,000,  which  was  not  changed 
during the course of our audit.

Chartered Accountants
Abbotsgate House
Hollow Road
Bury St Edmunds
Suffolk IP32 7FA

28 November 2016

We  agreed  with  the  Audit  Committee  that  we  would  report  to  them  
all  unadjusted  differences  in  excess  of  £15,000,  as  well  as  differences 
below  those  thresholds  that,  in  our  view,  warranted  reporting  on  
qualitative grounds.

52

I   TREATT PLC 
Group Income Statement
for the year ended 30 September 2016

Revenue

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Administrative expenses

Operating profit1

Net finance costs

Profit before taxation and exceptional items

Exceptional items

Profit before taxation

Taxation

Profit for the period attributable to owners of the Parent Company

Earnings per share

Basic 
Diluted
Adjusted basic2
Adjusted diluted2

Notes

4

5

7

8

9

11
11
11
11

2016
£’000

88,040

(67,639)

20,401

(10,852)

9,549

(703)

8,846

(553)

8,293

(2,144)

6,149

11.85p
11.68p
12.84p
12.65p

2015
£’000

85,934

(66,955)

18,979

(10,289)

8,690

(740)

7,950

(174)

7,776

(1,786)

5,990

11.64p
11.55p
11.94p
11.85p

1  Operating profit is calculated as profit before net finance costs, exceptional items and taxation.
2  All adjusted measures exclude exceptional items, and in the case of earnings per share the related tax effect, details of which are given in note 8.

All amounts relate to continuing operations

Notes 1 - 30 form part of these financial statements

53

 Annual Report & Financial Statements 2016TREATT PLC   IFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGroup Statement of Comprehensive Income
for the year ended 30 September 2016

Profit for the year attributable to owners of the Parent Company

Other comprehensive income/(expense):

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:
Currency translation differences on foreign currency net investments
Current tax on foreign currency translation differences
Fair value movement on cash flow hedges
Deferred tax on fair value movement

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:
Actuarial loss on defined benefit pension scheme   
Current tax credit on actuarial loss
Deferred tax credit on actuarial loss 

Other comprehensive expense for the year

Total comprehensive income for the year attributable to owners of the Parent Company

Notes 1 – 30 form part of these financial statements

2016
£’000

6,149

2,576
—
120
(47)

2,649

(4,297)
—
643

(3,654)

(1,005)

5,144

2015
£’000

5,990

830
(2)
(404)
81

505

(638)
43
86

(509)

(4)

5,986

54

I   TREATT PLCGroup and Parent Company Statements of Changes in Equity
for the year ended 30 September 2016

Group

1 October 2014

Net profit for the year
Other comprehensive income:
Exchange differences
Fair value movement on cash 
  flow hedges
Actuarial loss on defined benefit 
  pension scheme
Taxation relating to items above

Total comprehensive income     

Transactions with owners:
Dividends
Share-based payments
Movement in own shares
   in share trust
Gain on release of shares
   in share trust
Issue of share capital
Taxation relating to items recognised 
  directly in equity

Share 
capital 
£’000

1,048

Share 
premium 
£’000

Own shares
in share 
trusts
£’000

Hedging 
reserve 
£’000

Foreign 
exchange 
reserve 
£’000

Retained 
earnings 
£’000

Total 
equity 
£’000

2,757

(549)

(377)

291

25,590

28,760

—

—

—

—
—

—

—
—

—

—
2

—

—

—

—

—
—

—

—
—

—

—
—

—

—

—

—

—
—

—

—
—

128

—
(2)

—

—

—

(404)

—
81

—

830

—

—
(2)

5,990

5,990

—

—

(638)
129

830

(404)

(638)
208

(323)

828

5,481

5,986

—
—

—

—
—

—

—
—

—

—
—

—

(1,978)
201

(1,978)
201

—

52
—

36

128

52
—

36

1 October 2015

1,050

2,757

(423)

(700)

1,119

29,382

33,185

Net profit for the year
Other comprehensive income:
Exchange differences
Fair value movement on cash 
  flow hedges
Actuarial loss on defined benefit 
  pension scheme
Transfer between reserves
Taxation relating to items above

Total comprehensive income

Transactions with owners:
Dividends
Share-based payments
Movement in own shares
   in share trusts
Gain on release of shares
   in share trusts
Issue of share capital
Taxation relating to items recognised
   directly in equity

—

—

—

—
—
—

—

—
—

—

—
3

—

—

—

—

—
—
—

—

—
—

—

—
—

—

—

—

—

—
—
—

—

—
—

94

—
(3)

—

—

—

120

—
—
(47)

73

—
—

—

—
—

—

—

6,149

6,149

2,576

—

—
(20)
—

—

—

(4,297)
20
643

2,576

120

(4,297)
—
596

2,556

2,515

5,144

—
—

—

—
—

—

(2,095)
597

(2,095)
597

—

171
—

91

94

171
—

91

30 September 2016

1,053

2,757

(332)

(627)

3,675

30,661

37,187

Notes 1 – 30 form part of these financial statements

55

 Annual Report & Financial Statements 2016TREATT PLC   IFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Group and Parent Company Statements of Changes in Equity
for the year ended 30 September 2016

Parent Company

1 October 2014

Net profit for the year

Total comprehensive income

Transactions with owners:
Dividends
Movement in own shares in share trust 
Capital contribution to subsidiary undertakings
Gain on release of shares in share trusts
Issue of share capital

1 October 2015

Net profit for the year

Total comprehensive income

Transactions with owners:
Dividends
Movement in own shares in share trusts 
Capital contribution to subsidiary undertakings
Gain on release of shares in share trusts
Issue of share capital

Share 
capital 
£’000

Share 
premium 
£’000

Own shares 
in share 
trusts
£’000

Retained 
earnings 
£’000

1,048

2,757

(549)

—

—

—
—
—
—
2

—

—

—
—
—
—
—

—

—

—
128
—
—
(2)

1,050

2,757

(423)

—

—

—
—
—
—
3

—

—

—
—
—
—
—

—

—

—
94
—
—
(3)

1,736

4,066

4,066

(1,978)
—
201
52
—

4,077

2,878

2,878

(2,095)
—
597
171
—

Total 
equity 
£’000

4,992

4,066

4,066

(1,978)
128
201
52
—

7,461

2,878

2,878

(2,095)
94
597
171
—

30 September 2016

1,053

2,757

(332)

5,628

9,106

Notes 1 – 30 form part of these financial statements

56

I   TREATT PLCGroup and Parent Company Balance Sheets
as at 30 September 2016 

Registered Number: 1568937

ASSETS
Non-current assets
Goodwill
Other intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Investment in subsidiaries
Deferred tax assets

Current assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Redeemable loan notes receivable
Current tax assets
Cash and bank balances

Total assets

LIABILITIES
Current liabilities
Borrowings
Provisions
Trade and other payables
Current tax liabilities
Derivative financial instruments
Redeemable loan notes payable

Net current assets/(liabilities)

Non-current liabilities
Borrowings
Post-employment benefits
Deferred tax liabilities
Derivative financial instruments

Total liabilities

Net assets

EQUITY
Share capital
Share premium account
Own shares in share trusts
Hedging reserve
Foreign exchange reserve
Retained earnings

Total equity attributable to owners of the Parent Company

Notes 1 – 30 form part of these financial statements

              Group

               Parent Company

2016
£’000

2015
£’000

2016
£’000

2015
£’000

Notes

12
13
14
15
16

17
18
29

19

20
21
22

23
29

20
26
16
23

24

2,727
637
11,361
—
1,436

16,161

29,990
17,853
—
4
6,588

54,435

70,596

(487)
(67)
(14,151)
(999)
(9)
(675)

(16,388)

38,047

(7,755)
(7,401)
(1,111)
(754)

(17,021)

(33,409)

37,187

1,053
2,757
(332)
(627)
3,675
30,661

37,187

1,075
661
10,998
—
647

13,381

25,799
17,635
—
134
1,477

45,045

58,426

(567)
(239)
(10,885)
(810)
(305)
(675)

(13,481)

31,564

(7,065)
(2,959)
(1,037)
(699)

(11,760)

(25,241)

33,185

1,050
2,757
(423)
(700)
1,119
29,382

33,185

—
—
—
7,737
—

7,737

—
13
1,350
—
1,399

2,762

10,499

—
—
(718)
—
—
(675)

(1,393)

1,369

—
—
—
—

—

(1,393)

9,106

1,053
2,757
(332)
—
—
5,628

9,106

—
—
—
5,485
—

5,485

—
708
1,350
—
686

2,744

8,229

—
—
(93)
—
—
(675)

(768)

1,976

—
—
—
—

—

(768)

7,461

1,050
2,757
(423)
—
—
4,077

7,461

The financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for issue on 28 November 2016 and were signed on its behalf by:

TIM JONES 
Chairman 

RICHARD HOPE
Finance Director

57

 Annual Report & Financial Statements 2016TREATT PLC   IFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGroup and Parent Company Statements of Cash Flows
for the year ended 30 September 2016

Cash flow from operating activities
Profit before taxation
Adjusted for:
  Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
  Amortisation of intangible assets
  Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment
  Net finance costs
  Share-based payments
  (Increase)/decrease in fair value of derivatives
  Increase/(decrease) in post-employment benefit obligations

Notes

14
13
5
7
25
29

              Group

               Parent Company

2016
£’000

2015
£’000

2016
£’000

2015
£’000

8,293

7,776

2,871

4,060

1,347
142
2
703
566
(122)
145

1,244
175
46
740
198
143
(208)

—
—
—
14
—
—
—

—
—
—
19
—
—
—

Operating cash flow before movements in working capital

11,076

10,114

2,885

4,079

(2,501)
688
1,541

10,804
(2,022)

2,907
(2,282)
(2,072)

8,667
(1,469)

8,782

7,198

(752)
—
(679)
(109)
8

—
5
(924)
(108)
1

(1,532)

(1,026)

381
(711)
(2,095)
265

(2,145)
(741)
(1,978)
180

—
695
(277)

3,303
6

3,309

(752)
—
—
—
5

(747)

—
(19)
(2,095)
265

—
(77)
50

4,052
7

4,059

—
—
—
—
20

20

—
(39)
(1,978)
180

(2,160)

(4,684)

(1,849)

(1,837)

5,090

1,488

713

—

713

686

(33)

1,455

21

1,476

1,399

1,477
(1)

1,476

1,399
—

1,399

2,242

—

2,242

(1,556)

686

686
—

686

15

5,105

1,476

6,581

6,588
(7)

6,581

Movements in working capital:
  (Increase)/decrease in inventories
  Decrease/(increase) in trade and other receivables
  Increase/(decrease) in trade and other payables, and provisions

Cash generated from operations
Taxation (paid)/received

Net cash from operating activities

Cash flow from investing activities
  Investments in subsidiaries  
  Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment
  Purchase of property, plant and equipment
  Purchase of intangible assets
  Interest received

Cash flow from financing activities
  Increase/(decrease) in bank loans
  Interest paid
  Dividends paid
  Net sale of own shares by share trusts

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

Effect of foreign exchange rates

Movement in cash and cash equivalents in the year

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

Cash and cash equivalents comprise:
Cash and bank balances
Bank borrowings

Notes 1 – 30 form part of these financial statements

14
13
7

7
10

19
20

58

I   TREATT PLCGroup Reconciliation of Net Cash Flow to Movement in Net Debt
for the year ended 30 September 2016

Movement in cash and cash equivalents in the year
(Increase)/repayment in bank loans

Cash inflow/(outflow) from changes in net debt in the year
Effect of foreign exchange rates

Movement in net debt in the year
Net debt at beginning of year

Net debt at end of year

Notes 1 – 30 form part of these financial statements

2016
£’000

5,105
(381)

4,724
(223)

4,501
(6,155)

(1,654)

2015
£’000

1,455
2,145

3,600
(171)

3,429
(9,584)

(6,155)

59

 Annual Report & Financial Statements 2016TREATT PLC   IFINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 September 2016

1. GENERAL INFORMATION

Treatt plc (“the Parent Company”) is a public limited company incorporated 
in the United Kingdom and domiciled in England and Wales.  The Parent 
Company’s shares are traded on the London Stock Exchange.  The address 
of the registered office is included within the Parent Company Information 
section on page 96. 

2. ADOPTION OF NEW AND REVISED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

Accounting convention
The  Group  is  required  to  prepare  its  annual  consolidated  financial 
statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards 
(IFRS) as adopted for use by the European Union. The Parent Company 
has also prepared its own financial statements in accordance with IFRS as 
adopted by the European Union. The financial statements have also been 
prepared under the historical cost convention (unless a fair value basis is 
required by IFRS) and are in accordance with the Companies Act 2006 
applicable for companies reporting under IFRS.

New and amended accounting standards
There were no new standards or amendments to standards, which had 
a material impact on these financial statements, and are mandatory and 
relevant  to  the  Group  for  the  first  time  for  the  financial  year  ending  30 
September 2016.

Of the profit for the financial year, £2.9m (2015: £4.1m) has been dealt 
with  in  the  accounts  of  the  Parent  Company.  The  Parent  Company  has 
taken advantage of the exemption under Section 408 of the Companies  
Act  2006  and  has  not  presented  its  own  income  statement  in  these 
financial statements.

Basis of consolidation
The  Group  accounts  consolidate  the  accounts  of  Treatt  plc  and  all  of 
its  subsidiaries  (entities  controlled  by  the  Parent  Company)  made  up  to  
30 September each year. Control is achieved where the Parent Company 
has  the  power  to  govern  the  financial  and  operating  policies  of  an  
investee  entity  so  as  to  obtain  benefits  from  its  activities.  All  intra-group 
transactions,  balances  and  unrealised  gains  on  transactions  between 
Group companies are eliminated on consolidation. Unrealised losses are 
also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment 
of the asset transferred.

Going concern
The Directors have, at the time of approving the financial statements, a 
reasonable  expectation  that  the  Parent  Company  and  the  Group  have 
adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable 
future. Thus they continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting 
in  preparing  the  financial  statements.  Further  detail  is  contained  in  the 
Directors’ Report on pages 20 to 23.

Presentation of financial statements 
The primary statements within the financial information contained in this 
document have been presented in accordance with IAS 1, “Presentation 
of Financial Statements”. 

Investments in subsidiaries
Investments  in  subsidiaries  in  the  Parent  Company  balance  sheet  are 
stated at cost, less any provision for impairment.

Business combinations
The acquisition of subsidiaries is accounted for using the purchase method. 
The cost of the acquisition is measured at the aggregate fair values, at the 
date of exchange, of assets given, liabilities incurred or assumed, and equity 
instruments issued by the Group in exchange for control of the acquiree. 
The acquiree’s identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities that 
meet the conditions for recognition under IFRS 3 are recognised at their 
fair value at the acquisition date, except for non-current assets (or disposal 
groups)  that  are  classified  as  held  for  sale  in  accordance  with  IFRS  5, 
“Non-current assets held for sale and discontinued operations”, which are 
recognised and measured at fair value less costs to sell.

The  accounting  policy  for  goodwill  is  shown  later  in  this  note  under 
intangible assets.

Accounting standards in issue but not yet effective
At  the  date  of  authorisation  of  these  financial  statements  the  following 
standards  and  interpretations,  which  have  not  been  applied  in  these 
financial statements and which are considered potentially relevant, were 
in issue but not yet effective (and in some cases had not yet been adopted 
by the EU):

•  Annual improvements 2012 – 2014
•  Annual improvements 2014
• 
• 

IFRS 2 Share-based payments (amendments)
IFRS 7 Financial instruments: Additional hedge accounting 
disclosures (and consequential amendments)
IFRS 9 Financial instruments: Classification, measurement, 
impairment, general hedge accounting and derecognition of assets 
and liabilities
IFRS 10 Consolidated financial statements (amendments)
IFRS 11 Joint arrangements (amendments)
IFRS 12 Disclosure of interests in other entities (amendments)
IFRS 15 Revenue from contracts with customers
IFRS 16 Leases
IAS 1 Presentation of financial statements (amendments)
IAS 7 Statement of cash flows (amendments)
IAS 12 Income taxes (amendments)
IAS 16 Property, plant and equipment (amendments)
IAS 19 Employee benefits (amendments)
IAS 27 Separate financial statements (amendments)
IAS 28 Investments in associates and joint ventures (amendments)
IAS 34 Interim financial reporting (amendments)
IAS 38 Intangible assets (amendments)
IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and measurement 
(amendments)

• 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

The  Directors  anticipate  that  the  adoption  of  these  standards  and 
interpretations  in  future  periods  will  have  no  material  impact  on  the 
financial  statements  of  the  Group  or  the  Parent  Company  when  the 
relevant standards and interpretations come into effect.

3.  SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The significant accounting policies which have been used in the preparation 
of these financial statements are set out below.

60

I   TREATT PLC3. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

Revenue recognition
Revenue  represents  amounts  receivable  net  of  trade  discounts,  VAT 
and  other  sales-related  taxes.  Revenue  is  recognised  in  these  financial 
statements when goods are physically despatched from the Group and/
or Parent Company’s premises or other storage depots, irrespective of the 
terms of trade, as the Directors believe that this is the point at which the 
significant risks and rewards of ownership are transferred to the customer 
in accordance with IAS 18, “Revenue Recognition”.

Effect of changes in foreign exchange rates
Transactions in currencies other than Pounds Sterling are recorded at the 
rate of exchange at the date of transaction. Assets and liabilities in foreign 
currencies are translated into Pounds Sterling in the balance sheet at the 
year-end rate. 

Income  and  expense  items  of  the  Group’s  overseas  subsidiaries  are 
translated  into  Pounds  Sterling  at  the  average  rate  for  the  year.  Their 
balance sheets are translated at the rate ruling at the balance sheet date.

Exchange  differences  which  arise  from  the  translation  of  the  opening 
net  assets  and  results  of  foreign  subsidiaries  and  from  translating  the 
income  statement  at  an  average  rate  are  taken  to  reserves.  Under 
IAS  21,  “The  Effects  of  Changes  in  Foreign  Exchange  Rates”,  these 
cumulative translation differences which are recognised in the Statement 
of  Comprehensive  Income  are  separately  accounted  for  within  reserves 
and are transferred from equity to the income statement in the event of the 
disposal of a foreign operation. All other exchange differences are taken to 
the income statement. 

Research and development expenditure
Expenditure  on  research  activities  is  recognised  as  an  expense  and 
charged to the income statement in the period in which it is incurred.

Expenditure  arising  from  any  specific  development  is  recognised  as  an 
asset only if all of the following conditions are met:

•  An asset is created that can be identified;
• 

It is probable that the asset created will generate future economic 
benefits; and

•  The development cost of the asset can be measured reliably.

Development  expenditure  meeting  these  conditions  is  amortised  on  a 
straight line basis over its useful life. Where these conditions for capitalising 
development expenditure have not been met, the related expenditure is 
recognised as an expense in the period in which it is incurred.

Leases
Rentals receivable under operating leases are recognised in the income 
statement as and when they fall due.

Rentals  payable  under  operating  leases,  where  substantially  all  of  the 
benefit and risks of ownership remain with the lessor, are charged against 
profits on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.

Taxation
The  tax  expense  represents  the  sum  of  the  tax  currently  payable  and 
deferred tax attributable to current profits. 

Current tax
The tax currently payable is based on taxable profit for the year. Taxable 
profit differs from net profit as reported in the income statement because it 
excludes items of income or expense that are taxable or deductible in other 
years and it further excludes items that are never taxable or deductible. 
The Group’s liability for current tax is calculated by using tax rates that have 
been enacted or substantially enacted by the balance sheet date. Where 
the Group and/or Parent Company have a net current tax asset in one legal 
jurisdiction and a liability in another, and consequently have no legal right 
of set off, then these assets and liabilities will be shown separately on the 
balance sheet as required by IAS 12, “Income Taxes”.

Current tax is charged or credited in the income statement, except when 
it relates to items credited or charged directly to equity, in which case the 
current tax is also dealt with in equity.

Deferred tax
Deferred tax is the tax expected to be payable or recoverable on differences 
between  the  carrying  amount  of  assets  and  liabilities  in  the  financial 
statements and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation of 
taxable profit, and is accounted for using the balance sheet liability method. 
Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for all taxable temporary differences 
and  deferred  tax  assets  are  recognised  to  the  extent  that  it  is  probable 
that  taxable  profits  will  be  available  against  which  deductible  temporary 
differences can be utilised. Such assets and liabilities are not recognised 
if the temporary difference arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or 
from the initial recognition (other than in a business combination) of other 
assets and liabilities in a transaction which affects neither the tax profit nor 
the accounting profit.

Deferred  tax  liabilities  are  recognised  for  taxable  temporary  differences 
arising  on  investments  in  subsidiaries  and  associates,  and  interests  in 
joint ventures, except where the Group is able to control the reversal of 
the temporary difference and it is probable that the temporary difference 
will  not  reverse  in  the  foreseeable  future.  As  the  Group  is  in  fact  in  a 
position to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences 
arising from its investments in subsidiaries it is not required to recognise a 
deferred tax liability. In view of the variety of ways in which these temporary 
differences  may  reverse,  and  the  complexity  of  the  tax  laws,  it  is  not 
possible  to  accurately  compute  the  temporary  differences  arising  from 
such investments. 

Deferred tax is recognised in respect of the retained earnings of overseas 
subsidiaries and associates only to the extent that, at the balance sheet 
date, dividends have been accrued as receivable or a binding agreement 
to distribute past earnings in future has been entered into by the subsidiary 
or associate.

Deferred tax is measured at the average tax rates that are expected to apply 
in the periods in which timing differences are expected to reverse, based 
on tax rates and laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by 
the balance sheet date. Where the Group and/or Parent Company have a 
net deferred tax asset in one legal jurisdiction and a liability in another, and 
consequently have no legal right of set off, then these assets and liabilities 
will  be  shown  separately  on  the  balance  sheet  as  required  by  IAS  12, 
“Income Taxes”.

Deferred tax is charged or credited in the income statement, except when 
it  relates  to  items  credited  or  charged  directly  to  equity,  in  which  case 
deferred tax is also dealt with in equity.

61

 Annual Report & Financial Statements 2016TREATT PLC   IFINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 September 2016 (continued)

Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost is 
based on raw material costs plus attributable overheads.

Net realisable value is based on estimated selling price less further costs 
expected to be incurred through to disposal. Provision is made for obsolete, 
slow-moving and defective items.

Onerous contracts
Provisions  for  onerous  contracts  are  recognised  when  the  expected 
benefits from a contract are lower than the unavoidable costs of meeting 
the contract’s obligations.

Financial instruments
Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised on the Group and/or 
Parent Company’s balance sheet when the Group and/or Parent Company 
have become a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.

Financial assets
Financial assets held by the Group are either classified as held for trading 
or  are  accounted  for  as  trade  receivables,  loans,  other  receivables  and 
cash and cash equivalents at amortised cost. The classification depends 
on the nature and purpose of the financial assets and is determined at the 
time of initial recognition.

Trade and other receivables
Trade and other receivables are initially recognised at fair value. They are 
subsequently measured at their amortised cost using the effective interest 
method  less  any  provision  for  impairment.  A  provision  for  impairment 
is  made  where  there  is  objective  evidence,  (including  customers  with 
financial difficulties or in default on payments), that the asset is impaired. 
A provision for impairment is established when the carrying value of the 
receivable exceeds the present value of the future cash flow discounted 
using the original effective interest rate. The carrying value of the receivable 
is reduced through the use of an allowance account and any impairment 
loss is recognised in the income statement.

Loans receivable
All loans receivable are initially recognised at fair value. After initial recognition, 
interest-bearing loans are measured at amortised cost less any impairment 
loss  recognised  to  reflect  irrecoverable  amounts.  An  impairment  loss  is 
recognised in profit or loss when there is objective evidence that the asset 
is impaired, and is measured as the difference between the loan’s carrying 
amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows discounted at 
the effective interest rate computed at initial recognition. Impairment losses 
are reversed in subsequent periods when an increase in the loan’s recoverable 
amount can be related objectively to an event occurring after the impairment 
was recognised, subject to the restriction that the carrying amount of the loan 
at the date the impairment is reversed shall not exceed what the amortised 
cost would have been had the impairment not been recognised.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents includes cash in hand, deposits held at call 
with  banks,  and  other  short  term  highly  liquid  investments  with  original 
maturities of three months or less. Bank overdrafts that are repayable on 
demand and form an integral part of the Group’s cash management are 
included as a component of cash and cash equivalents for the purposes 
of the consolidated cash flow statement. Bank overdrafts are shown within 
borrowings in current liabilities on the balance sheet.

3. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

Exceptional items 
The Group has elected to classify certain items as exceptional and present 
them separately on the face of the income statement. Exceptional items 
are  classified  as  those  which  are  separately  identified  by  virtue  of  their 
size, nature or expected frequency, to allow a better understanding of the 
underlying performance in the period.

Post balance sheet events and dividends 
IAS 10, “Events after the Balance Sheet Date” requires that final dividends 
proposed  after  the  balance  sheet  date  should  not  be  recognised  as  a 
liability  at  that  balance  sheet  date,  as  the  liability  does  not  represent  a 
present obligation as defined by IAS 37, “Provisions, Contingent Liabilities 
and Contingent Assets”.  Consequently, final dividends are only recognised 
as a liability once formally approved at the Annual General Meeting and 
interim dividends are not recognised until paid.

Cash flow
The Statement of Cash Flows explains the movement in cash and cash 
equivalents and short term borrowings.

Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost less depreciation. 

Depreciation  is  provided  on  all  property,  plant  and  equipment,  except 
freehold and long leasehold land, using the straight-line basis to write off 
the cost of the asset, less estimated residual value, as follows:
•  Plant and machinery: 
•  Buildings: 

4-10 years
50 years

Intangible assets
Goodwill
Goodwill  arising  on  consolidation  represents  the  excess  of  the  cost  of 
the  business  combination  over  the  Group’s  interest  in  the  net  fair  value 
of  the  identifiable  assets,  liabilities  and  contingent  liabilities  at  the  date 
of acquisition. In accordance with IFRS 3, “Business Combinations”, for 
acquisitions prior to 1 October 2009, any revision to the estimated cost of 
an acquisition (eg for deferred consideration) is included as an adjustment 
to the cost of the acquisition. Any revisions to cost for acquisitions dated 
on  or  after  1  October  2009  are  included  as  a  charge  or  credit  to  the 
Income Statement. Goodwill is initially recognised as an asset at cost and is 
subsequently measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. 
Goodwill  which  is  recognised  as  an  asset  is  reviewed  for  impairment  at 
least  annually  in  relation  to  the  cash  generating  unit  it  represents.  Any 
impairment  is  recognised  immediately  in  the  income  statement  and  is 
not  subsequently  reversed.  On  disposal  of  a  subsidiary,  the  attributable 
amount  of  goodwill  is  included  in  the  determination  of  the  profit  or  loss  
on disposal.

Other intangible assets
Amortisation (which is included within administrative expenses) is provided 
on all intangible assets, other than goodwill, using the straight-line basis to 
write off the cost of the asset, less estimated residual value, as follows:
•  Software licenses: 
•  Lease premium:   

4 years
85 years

Impairment of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets
Provision will be made should any impairment in the value of properties or 
other non-current assets occur.

The  need  for  any  non-current  asset  impairment  write  down  is  assessed 
by comparison of the carrying value of the asset against the higher of net 
realisable value and value in use.

62

I   TREATT PLC 
3. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

Financial liabilities and equity instruments
Financial  liabilities  and  equity  instruments  are  classified  according  to 
the  substance  of  the  contractual  arrangements  entered  into.  An  equity 
instrument is any contract that evidences a residual interest in the assets 
of the Group or Parent Company after deducting all of its liabilities.

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
All  loans  and  borrowings  are  initially  recognised  at  the  fair  value  of  the 
consideration received, net of issue costs. After initial recognition, interest-
bearing loans and borrowings are measured at amortised cost using the 
effective interest method. All borrowing costs are recognised in the income 
statement in the period in which they are incurred.

Trade payables
Trade payables are not interest-bearing and are stated at their nominal value.

Equity instruments
Equity  instruments  issued  by  the  Parent  Company  are  recorded  at  the 
proceeds received, net of direct issue costs.

Derivative financial instruments
The Group’s activities expose it to both the financial risks of changes in 
foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. From time to time the 
Group  uses  foreign  exchange  forward  and  option  contracts  and  interest 
rate swap contracts to hedge some of these exposures. The Group does 
not use derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes. The use 
of financial derivatives is governed by the Group’s policies approved by the 
Board. Further information on currency and interest rate management is 
provided in note 29, “Financial Instruments”. 

Hedge accounting
At  the  inception  of  the  hedge  relationship,  the  Group  documents  the 
relationship between the hedging instrument and the hedged item, along 
with its risk management objectives and its strategy for undertaking various 
hedge transactions. Furthermore, at the inception of the hedge and on an 
ongoing basis, the Group documents whether the hedging instrument that 
is used in a hedging relationship is highly effective in offsetting changes 
in  fair  values  or  cash  flows  of  the  hedged  item.  Hedge  accounting  is 
discontinued when the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated, 
or exercised, or no longer qualifies for hedge accounting. At that time, any 
cumulative  gain  or  loss  on  the  hedging  instrument  recognised  in  equity 
is retained in equity until the forecasted transaction occurs. If a hedging 
transaction is no longer expected to occur, the net cumulative gain or loss 
that was recognised in equity is recognised immediately in profit or loss 
for the period. Changes in the fair value of derivative financial instruments 
that  do  not  qualify  for  hedge  accounting  are  recognised  in  the  income 
statement as they arise. 

Cash flow hedges
Changes  in  the  fair  value  of  derivative  financial  instruments  that  are 
designated and effective as cash flow hedging instruments are recognised 
directly  in  equity.  The  ineffective  portion  is  recognised  immediately  in 
the  income  statement.  If  the  cash  flow  hedge  of  a  firm  commitment  or 
forecasted transaction results in the recognition of an asset or a liability, 
then, at the time the asset or liability is recognised, the associated gains or 
losses on the derivative that had been previously recognised in equity are 
included in the initial measurement of the asset or liability. For transactions 

that  do  not  result  in  the  recognition  of  an  asset  or  a  liability,  amounts 
deferred  in  equity  are  recognised  in  the  income  statement  in  the  same 
period in which the hedged item affects net profit or loss. 

Pension costs
One of the Group’s UK subsidiaries, R C Treatt & Co Limited, operates a defined 
benefit scheme through an independently administered pension scheme.

For  defined  benefit  retirement  plans,  the  cost  of  providing  benefits 
is  determined  using  the  projected  unit  credit  method,  with  actuarial 
valuations being carried out every three years and updated at each balance 
sheet  date.  The  post-employment  benefits  obligation  recognised  in  the 
balance sheet represents the present value of the defined benefit pension 
obligations adjusted for unrecognised past service cost, and as reduced by 
the fair value of scheme assets. Any asset resulting from this calculation is 
limited to past service costs, plus the present value of available refunds and 
reductions in future contributions to the scheme.

In accordance with IAS 19, “Employee Benefits”, the asset or liability in 
the defined benefit pension scheme is recognised as an asset or liability of 
the Group under non-current assets or liabilities under the heading “Post-
employment benefits”. The deferred tax in respect of “Post-employment 
benefits” is netted against other deferred tax assets and liabilities relating 
to the same jurisdiction (see taxation accounting policy) and included in 
the  deferred  taxation  asset  or  liability  shown  under  non-current  assets  
or liabilities.

The  service  cost  and  net  interest  on  assets,  net  of  interest  on  scheme 
liabilities,  are  reflected  in  the  income  statement  for  the  period,  in  place 
of  the  actual  cash  contribution  made.  All  experience  gains  or  losses 
on  the  assets  and  liabilities  of  the  scheme,  together  with  the  effect  of 
changes in assumptions are reflected as a gain or loss in the Statement of 
Comprehensive Income.

The  Group  also  operates  a  number  of  defined  contribution  pension 
schemes. The contributions for these schemes are charged to the income 
statement in the year in which they become payable.

Share options, the employee benefit trust and share incentive plan trust
Shares  held  by  the  “Treatt  Employee  Benefit  Trust”  for  the  purpose 
of  fulfilling  obligations  in  respect  of  various  employee  share  plans  are 
deducted from equity in the Group and Parent Company balance sheets. 
The treatment in the Parent Company balance sheet reflects the substance 
of the entity’s control of the trust.

The  Group  has  an  HMRC-approved  share  incentive  plan  (“SIP”).  The 
Group  also  has  a  wholly-owned  UK  Trust,  Treatt  SIP  Trustees  Limited 
(“Trust”), to whom shares are issued at nominal value for the purpose of 
fulfilling obligations under the SIP. The treatment of the Trust in the Group 
and  Parent  financial  statements  is  consistent  with  that  of  the  EBT  as 
explained above.

Share-based payments 
IFRS  2,  “Share-based  Payments”,  requires  that  an  expense  for  equity 
instruments granted be recognised in the financial statements based on 
their  fair  value  at  the  date  of  grant.  The  Group  has  adopted  the  Black-
Scholes model for the purposes of computing fair value of options under 
IFRS.  The  fair  value  excludes  the  effect  of  non  market-based  vesting 
conditions.  This  expense,  which  is  in  relation  to  share  option  schemes   

63

 Annual Report & Financial Statements 2016TREATT PLC   IFINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 September 2016 (continued)

3. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

for staff in the UK and US, is recognised on a straight-line basis over the 
vesting period of the scheme, based on the Group’s estimate of the number 
of equity instruments that will eventually vest. 

At each balance sheet date, the Group revises its estimate of the number 
of  equity  instruments  expected  to  vest  as  a  result  of  the  effect  of  non 
market-based vesting conditions. The impact of the revision of the original 
estimates, if any, is recognised in profit or loss such that the cumulative 
expense reflects the revised estimate, with a corresponding adjustment to 
the retained earnings reserve.

Savings-related  share  options  granted  to  employees  are  treated  as 
cancelled when employees cease to contribute to the scheme. Cancelled 
options are accounted for as an acceleration of vesting. The unrecognised 
grant  date  fair  value  is  recognised  in  profit  or  loss  in  the  year  that  the 
options are cancelled.

The Group has an HMRC-approved SIP for its UK-based employees under 
which  employees  can  be  awarded  Free  and  Matching  Shares.  The  fair 
value of shares awarded under the SIP is the market value of those shares 
at the date of grant, which is then recognised on a straight-line basis over 
the vesting period. 

Where the Parent Company grants options over its shares to employees in 
subsidiaries, it recognises this as a capital contribution equivalent to the 
share-based payment charge recognised in the Group Income Statement. 
In the financial statements of the Parent Company, this capital contribution 
is recognised as an increase in the cost of investment in subsidiaries, with 
the corresponding credit being recognised directly in equity.

Critical accounting estimates, assumptions and judgements
Estimates  and  judgements  are  continually  evaluated  and  are  based  on 
historical  experience  and  other  factors,  including  expectations  of  future 
events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. The 
Group  makes  estimates  and  assumptions  concerning  the  future.  The 
resulting accounting estimates and assumptions will, by definition, seldom 
equal the related actual results. The Group has evaluated the estimates 
and assumptions that have been made in relation to the carrying amounts 
of assets and liabilities in these financial statements. 

The key accounting judgements and sources of estimation uncertainty with 
a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to assets and liabilities in 
the next 12 months include the following:

Critical accounting estimates and assumptions
Pensions – movements in equity markets, interest rates and life expectancy 
could  materially  affect  the  level  of  surpluses  and  deficits  in  the  defined 
benefit  pension  scheme.  The  key  assumptions  used  to  value  pension 
assets and liabilities are set out in note 26 “Post-employment benefits”;

Useful economic life and residual value estimates – the Group reviews the 
useful economic lives and residual values attributed to assets on an on-
going basis to ensure they are appropriate. Changes in economic lives or 
residual values could impact the carrying value and charges to the income 
statement in future periods;

Provisions  –  using  information  available  at  the  balance  sheet  date,  the 
Directors make judgements based on experience on the level of provision 

required. Further information received after the balance sheet date may 
impact the level of provision required;

Share-based  payments  –  in  accordance  with  IFRS  2  “Share-based 
Payments”,  share  options  and  other  share  awards  are  measured  at  fair 
value  at  the  date  of  grant.  The  fair  value  determined  is  then  expensed 
in the income statement on a straight line basis over the vesting period, 
with  a  corresponding  increase  in  equity.  The  fair  value  of  the  options  is 
measured using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The valuation of 
these share-based payments requires several judgements to be made in 
respect of the number of options that are expected to be exercised. Details 
of the assumptions made in respect of each of the share-based payment 
schemes are disclosed in note 25 “Share-based Payments”. Changes in 
these assumptions could lead to changes in the income statement expense 
in future periods;

Goodwill – determining whether goodwill is impaired requires an estimation 
of the value in use of the cash-generating units to which goodwill has been 
allocated. The value in use calculation requires the Group to estimate the 
future cash flows expected to arise from the cash-generating unit and a 
suitable discount rate in order to calculate present value. Goodwill can also 
include an estimate of deferred consideration payable using assumptions 
which are consistent with those used to determine the carrying value of 
goodwill. Future changes in performance or disposals could also impact 
the  value  of  goodwill.  Details  of  the  assumptions  made  in  respect  of 
goodwill  and  deferred  consideration  are  disclosed  in  note  12.  These 
estimates could change materially in future years in line with actual and 
expected future performance. 

Taxation – the Group operates in a number of tax jurisdictions and estimation 
is required of taxable profit in order to determine the Group’s current tax 
liability.  There  are  transactions  and  calculations  for  which  the  ultimate 
tax  determination  can  be  uncertain.  The  Group  periodically  evaluates 
situations in which applicable tax regulation is subject to interpretation and 
establishes provisions where appropriate based on amounts expected to 
be paid to the tax authorities.

Critical accounting judgements
Deferred tax assets – deferred tax assets are recognised for all unused tax 
losses to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available 
against  which  the  losses  can  be  utilised.  Management  judgement  is 
required  to  determine  the  amount  of  deferred  tax  assets  that  can  be 
recognised, based upon the likely timing and level of future taxable profits 
together with future tax planning strategies.

Description of the nature and purpose of each reserve within equity
Share premium account – the share premium account represents amounts 
received in excess of the nominal value of shares on issue of new shares.

Own shares in share trusts – own shares in share trusts relate to shares 
held  in  the  Treatt  Employee  Benefit  Trust  (the  ”EBT”)  and  Treatt  SIP 
Trustees Limited (the “Trust”). The shares held in the EBT and Trust are all 
held to meet options to be exercised by employees, and share awards and 
tax-approved purchases by employees under the SIP. Dividends on those 
shares  not  beneficially  held  on  behalf  of  employees  have  been  waived. 
At 30 September 2016 the market value of the shares held by the EBT 
was £1,212,000 (2015: £1,189,000), and the market value of shares held 
by the SIP was £506,000 (2015: £142,000) of which £470,000 (2015: 
£122,000) relates to shares beneficially held by employees.

64

I   TREATT PLC 
3. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

Hedging reserve – the hedging reserve comprises the effective portion of the cumulative net change in the fair value of cash flow hedging instruments 
related to hedged transactions that have not yet occurred.

Foreign exchange reserve – the foreign exchange reserve records exchange differences arising from the translation of the financial statements of  
overseas subsidiaries.

Retained earnings – retained earnings comprises the Group’s annual profits and losses, actuarial gains and losses on the defined benefit pension scheme 
and dividend payments, combined with the employee share option reserve which represents the equity component of share-based payment arrangements.

4. SEGMENTAL INFORMATION

Group
Business segments
IFRS 8 requires operating segments to be identified on the basis of internal financial information reported to the Chief Operating Decision Maker (CODM).  
The Group’s CODM has been identified as the Board of Directors who are primarily responsible for the allocation of resources to the segments and for 
assessing their performance.  The disclosure in the Group accounts of segmental information is consistent with the information used by the CODM in order 
to assess profit performance from the Group’s operations.  

The Group operates one global business segment engaging in the manufacture and supply of ingredient solutions for the flavour, fragrance and FMCG 
markets with manufacturing sites in the UK, US and Kenya.  Many of the Group’s activities, including sales, manufacturing, technical, IT and finance, are 
managed globally on a Group basis.

Geographical segments
The following table provides an analysis of the Group’s revenue by geographical market:

Revenue by destination

United Kingdom

Rest of Europe

The Americas

Rest of the World

– Germany
– Ireland
– Other

– USA
– Other

– China
– Other

2016
£’000

8,794

5,527
5,871
11,011

33,729
4,142

4,536
14,430

88,040

2015
£’000

10,878

4,576
7,903
10,834

27,447
6,721

4,840
12,735

85,934

All Group revenue is in respect of the sale of goods, other than property rental income of £17,000 (2015: £17,000). No country included within “Other” 
contributes more than 5% of the Group’s total revenue. There were no customers which represented more than 10% of Group revenue (2015: largest 
customer represented 12.1% of Group revenue).

Non-current assets by geographical location, excluding deferred tax assets, were as follows:

United Kingdom
United States
Rest of the World

2016
£’000

7,645
6,611
469

2015
£’000

6,353
6,041
340

14,725

12,734

65

 Annual Report & Financial Statements 2016TREATT PLC   IFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Notes to the Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 September 2016 (continued)

5. PROFIT FOR THE YEAR

Profit for the year is stated after charging/(crediting):

Group

Depreciation of property, plant & equipment
Amortisation of intangible assets1
Loss on disposal of property, plant & equipment
Research and development costs
Operating leases
   – plant & machinery
   – land & buildings
Net foreign exchange loss2
Rent receivable
Cost of inventories recognised as expense3
Write down/(write back) of inventories recognised as an expense
Shipping costs
IT & telephony costs
Insurance costs
Energy & utility costs

1  Included in administrative expenses.
2  Excludes foreign exchange gains or losses on financial instruments disclosed in note 23. 
3  Included in cost of sales.

The analysis of auditor’s remuneration is as follows:

Fees payable to the Parent Company’s auditors and their associates for the audit of:
 – the Parent Company and Group accounts 
 – the Group’s subsidiaries pursuant to legislation

Total audit fees

Fees payable to the Parent Company’s auditors and their associates for other services to the Group:
– tax compliance services
– tax advisory services
– business advisory services
– financial modelling software services*

Total non-audit fees

* The financial modelling software services have been included in Other Intangible Assets.

2016
£’000

1,347
142
2
895

12
100
(8)
(17)
58,357
(561)
1,643
601
583
498

36
71

107

19
2
—
11

32

2015
£’000

1,244
175
46
807

11
84
273
(17)
56,375
1,174
1,781
578
531
427

33
67

100

13
5
2
40

60

66

I   TREATT PLC6. EMPLOYEES

Group
Number of employees
During the year the average number of staff employed by the Group, including Directors, was as follows:

Technical and production
Administration and sales

Employment costs
The followings costs were incurred in respect of the above:

Wages and salaries
Social security costs
Pension costs (see note 26)
Share-based payments (see note 25)

2016
Number

190
126

316

2016
£’000

10,874
1,040
761
566

13,241

2015
Number

186
124

310

2015
£’000

9,955
943
721 
198

11,817

Directors
The information on Directors’ emoluments and share options set out on pages 39 to 50 form part of these financial statements.

7. NET FINANCE COSTS

Group

Finance costs
Bank overdraft interest paid
Other bank finance costs 
Loan interest paid
Loan note interest paid
Pension finance cost (see note 26)

Finance revenue
Bank interest received

Net finance costs

8. EXCEPTIONAL ITEMS

The exceptional items referred to in the income statement can be categorised as follows:

Group

Legal and professional fees
Restructuring costs

Less: tax effect of exceptional items

2016
£’000

2015
£’000

431
134
20
7
119

711

8

703

2016
£’000

302
251

553
(38)

515

483
116
34
10
98

741

1

740

2015
£’000

174
—

174
(18)

156

The exceptional items in the year all relate to non-recurring items. The legal and professional fees relate to the costs in respect of the full and final 
settlement of the Earthoil earnout dispute. The restructuring costs relate to one-off non-recurring reorganisation costs incurred in the US and Kenya.

67

 Annual Report & Financial Statements 2016TREATT PLC   IFINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 September 2016 (continued)

9. TAXATION

Group

Analysis of tax charge in income statement:
Current tax:
UK corporation tax on profits for the year
Adjustments to UK tax in respect of previous periods
Overseas corporation tax on profits for the year
Adjustments to overseas tax in respect of previous periods

Total current tax

Deferred tax:
Origination and reversal of temporary differences
Effect of reduced tax rate on opening assets and liabilities
Adjustments in respect of previous periods

Total deferred tax (see note 16)

Tax on profit on ordinary activities

Analysis of tax charge/(credit) in other comprehensive income:
Current tax:
Foreign currency translation differences
Actuarial loss on defined benefit pension scheme

Total current tax

Deferred tax:
Cash flow hedges
Actuarial loss on defined benefit pension scheme

Total deferred tax

Total tax credit recognised in other comprehensive income

Analysis of tax charge/(credit) in equity:
Current tax:
Share-based payments
Deferred tax:
Share-based payments

Total tax credit recognised in equity

2016
£’000

2015
£’000

967
9
1,370
8

2,354

(179)
(27)
(4)

(210)

2,144

—
—

—

47
(643)

(596)

(596)

(16)

(75)

(91)

956
(11)
931
33

1,909

(59)
—
(64)

(123)

1,786

2
(43)

(41)

(81)
(86)

(167)

(208)

(38)

2

(36)

Factors affecting tax charge for the year:
The tax assessed for the year is different from that calculated at the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK of 20% (2015: 20.5%). The differences 
are explained below:

Profit before tax multiplied by standard rate of UK corporation tax at 20% (2015: 20.5%)

Effects of:
Expenses not deductible in determining taxable profit and other items
Research and development tax credits
Difference in tax rates on overseas earnings
Adjustments to tax charge in respect of prior years

2016
£’000

1,659

51
(145)
566
13

2015
£’000

1,594

(80)
(125)
439
(42)

Total tax charge for the year

2,144

1,786

The main rate of UK corporation tax was reduced from 21% to 20% with effect from 1 April 2015. The Group’s effective UK corporation tax rate for the 
year was therefore 20% (2015: 20.5%). The adjustments in respect of prior year’s relate to the finalisation of previous years tax computations.  

68

I   TREATT PLC10. DIVIDENDS

Equity dividends on ordinary shares:

Parent Company and Group

Interim dividend
Final dividend

         Dividend per share for years
         ended 30 September

20162
Pence

1.35p
3.00p

4.35p

20151
Pence

1.28p
2.76p

4.04p

20141
Pence

1.24p
2.60p

3.84p

2016
£’000

662
1,433

2,095

2015
£’000

638
1,340
1,978

1  Accounted for in the subsequent year in accordance with IFRS.
2  The declared interim dividend for the year ended 30 September 2016 of 1.35 pence was approved by the Board on 13 May 2016 and was paid on  
14 October 2016. Accordingly it has not been included as a deduction from equity at 30 September 2016. The proposed final dividend for the year 
ended 30 September 2016 of 3.00 pence will be voted on at the Annual General Meeting on 27 January 2017. Both dividends will therefore be 
accounted for in the financial statements for the year ending 30 September 2017.

11. EARNINGS PER SHARE

Group
Basic earnings per share
Basic earnings per share is based on the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue and ranking for dividend during the year. The weighted 
average number of shares excludes shares held by the Treatt Employee Benefit Trust (“EBT”), together with shares held by the Treatt SIP Trust (“SIP”), 
which do not rank for dividend.

Earnings (£’000)
Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue (No: ‘000)
Basic earnings per share (pence)

2016

6,149
51,895
11.85p

2015

5,990
51,464
11.64p

Diluted earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share is based on the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue and ranking for dividend during the year, adjusted for 
the effect of all dilutive potential ordinary shares.

The number of shares used to calculate earnings per share (EPS) have been derived as follows:

Weighted average number of shares
Weighted average number of shares held in the EBT and SIP

Weighted average number of shares used for calculating basic EPS

Executive share option schemes
All-employee share options

Weighted average number of shares used for calculating diluted EPS
Diluted earnings per share (pence)

2016
No (‘000)

52,575
(680)

51,895

645
122

52,662
11.68p

2015
No (‘000)

52,450
(986)
51,464

262
152
51,878
11.55p

Adjusted earnings per share
Adjusted earnings per share measures are calculated based on profits for the year attributable to owners of the Parent Company before exceptional items as follows:

Earnings for calculating basic and diluted earnings per share
Adjusted for:
Exceptional items (see note 8)
Taxation thereon

Earnings for calculating adjusted earnings per share
Adjusted basic earnings per share (pence)
Adjusted diluted earnings per share (pence)

2016
£’000

6,149

553
(38)

6,664
12.84p
12.65p

2015
£’000

5,990

174
(18)
6,146
11.94p
11.85p

69

 Annual Report & Financial Statements 2016TREATT PLC   IFINANCIAL STATEMENTS               
Notes to the Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 September 2016 (continued)

12. GOODWILL

Group

Cost
1 October 2014

1 October 2015

Deferred consideration 

30 September 2016

Accumulated impairment losses

1 October 2014

1 October 2015

30 September 2016

Carrying amount

30 September 2016

30 September 2015

£‘000

3,507

3,507

1,652

5,159

2,432

2,432

2,432

2,727

1,075

All goodwill relates to the acquisition of the Earthoil Group. Deferred consideration of £1.7m was payable in the year following the full and final settlement of 
the earnout dispute. In accordance with the transitional rules under IFRS 3, “Business Combinations”, the deferred consideration has been accounted for as 
an increase to goodwill. The goodwill arising on the acquisition of Earthoil is attributable to the anticipated profitability of Earthoil’s products in new and rapidly 
growing existing markets. 

The Group tests goodwill annually for impairment, or more frequently if there are indications that goodwill might be impaired. The recoverable amount of 
goodwill arising on the acquisition of Earthoil is determined from value in use calculations. The key assumptions for the value in use calculations are those 
regarding the discount rates, revenue, overhead growth rates and perpetuity growth rate. Management estimates discount rates using pre-tax rates that reflect 
market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to Earthoil. As at the year ended 30 September 2016, the impairment review has 
concluded that the value in use of Earthoil now significantly exceeds its carrying value. In performing this impairment review, the Group has prepared cash flow 
forecasts derived from the most recent financial budgets approved by the Board for the five years ending 30 September 2021. Thereafter, a growth rate for 
pre-tax profit of 2% (2015: 2%) per annum is assumed into perpetuity. A rate of 9.6% (2015: 12.5%) has been used to discount the forecast cash flows. The 
key assumptions are based on past experience adjusted for expected changes in future conditions.

Based upon this impairment review the recoverable amount of Earthoil exceeds its carrying amount by £7.8m (2015: £9.1m). The recoverable amount is most 
sensitive to changes in the discount rate and sales growth. A 1% change in the discount rate or sales growth would change the recoverable amount by £1.2m.

Lease
premium
£’000

Software
licenses
£’000

343
—
—
—

343
—
—
—

343

946
5
108
(171)

888
13
109
(246)

764

Total
£‘000

1,289
5
108
(171)

1,231
13
109
(246)

1,107

13. OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Group

Cost
1 October 2014
Exchange Adjustment
Additions
Disposals

1 October 2015
Exchange adjustment
Additions
Disposals

30 September 2016

70

I   TREATT PLC 
13. OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS (continued)

Group

Amortisation
1 October 2014
Exchange adjustment
Charge for year
Disposals

1 October 2015
Exchange adjustment
Charge for year
Disposals

30 September 2016

Net book value
30 September 2016

30 September 2015

Lease
premium
£’000

Software
licenses
£’000

17
—
4
—

21
—
4
—

25

318

322

546
3
171
(171)

549
4
138
(246)

445

319

339

Total
£’000

563
3
175
(171)

570
4
142
(246)

470

637

661

Intangible assets with a net book value of £54,000 (2015: £52,000) have been pledged as security in relation to the Industrial Development Loan detailed in note 20.

14. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Group

Land &
buildings
£’000

Plant &
machinery
£’000

Cost
1 October 2014
Exchange Adjustment
Additions
Disposals

1 October 2015
Exchange adjustment
Additions
Disposals

30 September 2016

Depreciation
1 October 2014
Exchange adjustment
Charge for year
Impairment adjustment
Disposals

1 October 2015
Exchange adjustment
Charge for year
Disposals

30 September 2016

Net book value
30 September 2016

30 September 2015

Analysis of land & buildings

Net book value 
Freehold
Long Leasehold

6,256
230
43
(162)

6,367
577
—
—

6,944

1,090
53
135
—
(143)

1,135
132
140
—

1,407

5,537

5,232

Included in plant and machinery are assets in the course of construction totalling £275,000 (2015: £305,000) which are not depreciated.

11,840

18,784

10,626
328
881
(1,071)

10,764
973
679
(576)

4,798
129
1,109
27
(1,065)

4,998
385
1,207
(574)

6,016

5,824

5,766

2016
£’000

4,831
706

5,537

Total
£’000

16,882
558
924
(1,233)

17,131
1,550
679
(576)

5,888
182
1,244
27
(1,208)

6,133
517
1,347
(574)

7,423

11,361

10,998

2015
£’000

4,510
722

5,232

71

 Annual Report & Financial Statements 2016TREATT PLC   IFINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 September 2016 (continued)

14. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT (continued)

Property, plant and equipment with a net book value of £6.2m (2015: £5.7m) has been pledged as security in relation to the Industrial Development Loan 
and Equipment Financing Loans detailed in note 20.

Capital commitments

Contracted but not provided for

15. INVESTMENTS IN SUBSIDIARIES

Parent Company

Cost
1 October 2014
Capital contribution to subsidiaries
Rounding adjustment

1 October 2015
Investment in subsidiaries
Capital contribution to subsidiaries 

30 September 2016

Parent Company

Subsidiary:
R C Treatt & Co Limited – at cost
50,000 ordinary shares of £1 each, fully paid

Treatt USA Inc – at cost
2,975,000 common stock of US$1 each, fully paid

Earthoil Plantations Limited
4,051,000 ordinary shares of 50p each, fully paid

Earthoil Kenya Pty Limited
2,500 “A” ordinary shares of KES20 each, fully paid
2,500 “B” ordinary shares of KES20 each, fully paid

2016
£’000

362

2016
£’000

2015
£‘000

163

Total
£’000

5,285
201
(1)

5,485
1,655
597

7,737

2015
£’000

2,855

2,467

2,155

1,943

2,245

923

482

7,737

152

5,485

During the year the Parent Company had the following subsidiary undertakings:

Subsidiary

Wholly owned by Treatt plc: 
R C Treatt & Co Limited
Treatt USA Inc
Earthoil Plantations Limited
Earthoil Kenya Pty Limited 
Treatt SIP Trustees Limited

Wholly owned by Earthoil Kenya Pty Limited:
Earthoil Africa EPZ Limited
Earthoil Extracts Limited

Country
of incorporation

Holding

Principal activity

England
USA
England
Kenya
England

Kenya
Kenya

100%
100%
100%
100%
100%

100%
100%

Supply of flavour and fragrance ingredients
Supply of flavour and fragrance ingredients
Supply of natural cosmetic ingredients
Intermediate holding company
Employee share trust

Supply of organic & fair trade vegetable oils
Supply of organic & fair trade essential oils

72

I   TREATT PLC16. DEFERRED TAXATION

Group

UK deferred tax asset
Overseas deferred tax liability

Net deferred tax asset/(liability)

2016
£’000

1,436
(1,111)

325

2015
£‘000

647
(1,037)

(390)

A reconciliation of the net deferred liability is shown below:

UK Deferred Tax

Overseas Deferred Tax

Total

Group

1 October 2014
Exchange differences
(Charge)/credit to income statement
Credit/(charge) to OCI
Credit direct to equity

1 October 2015
Exchange differences
(Charge)/credit to income statement
  For the year
  For change in tax rate
Credit/(charge) to OCI
  For the year
  For change in tax rate
Credit/(charge) to equity
  For the year
  For change in tax rate

Post- 
employment 
 benefits
£’000

Fixed
assets
£’000

Cash flow
hedge
£’000

Share-
based
payments
£’000

Fixed
assets
£’000

(1,174)
(80)
56
—
—

(1,198)
(204)

(31)
—

—
—

—
—

Other
temporary
differences
£’000

167
13
(19)
—
—

161
38

98
—

—
—

25
—

33
—
32
—
(2)

63
—

57
—

—
—

60
(10)

£’000

(611)
(67)
123
167
(2)

(390)
(166)

181
29

685
(89)

85
(10)

325

505
—
—
86
—

591
—

23
—

732
(89)

—
—

(227)
—
18
—
—

(209)
—

58
29

—
—

—
—

85
—
36
81
—

202
—

(24)
—

(47)
—

—
—

131

30 September 2016

1,257

(122)

170

(1,433)

322

At the balance sheet date, R C Treatt & Co Limited had a deferred tax asset in relation to its pension liability. R C Treatt & Co Limited has a specific plan 
in place to reverse the deficit and so this deferred tax asset has been recognised.

The deferred tax rate applied to UK companies within the Group is 17% (2015: 20%) as legislation has been substantively enacted which reduces the 
main rate of UK corporation tax from 20% in the 2015/16 tax year, to 19% for the 2017/18 tax year and to 17% for the 2020/21 tax year. The deferred 
tax rate applicable to the Group’s US subsidiary was 36% (2015: 36%).

17. INVENTORIES

Group

Raw materials
Work in progress and intermediate products
Finished goods

2016
£’000

12,395
13,476
4,119

29,990

2015
£‘000

10,830
12,504
2,465

25,799

Inventory with a carrying value of £11.2m (2015: £10.2m) has been pledged as security in relation to the Industrial Development Loan detailed in note 20.

73

 Annual Report & Financial Statements 2016TREATT PLC   IFINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 September 2016 (continued)

18. TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES

Current

Trade receivables
Amounts owed by subsidiaries
Other receivables
Prepayments

              Group

               Parent Company

2016
£’000

16,250
—
852
751

17,853

2015
£’000

15,634
—
1,090
911

17,635

2016
£’000

—
13
—
—

13

2015
£’000

—
116
592
—

708

The  Group’s  credit  risk  is  primarily  attributable  to  its  trade  receivables.  Before  accepting  any  new  customer,  the  Group  uses  a  range  of  information, 
including credit reports, industry data and other publicly or privately available information in order to assess the potential customer’s credit quality and 
determine credit limits by customer, and where appropriate will only accept orders on the basis of cash in advance, or if secured through a bank letter of 
credit. Processes are in place to manage trade receivables and overdue debt and to ensure that appropriate action is taken to resolve issues on a timely 
basis. Credit control operating procedures are in place to review all new customers. Existing customers are reviewed as management become aware of any 
specific changes in circumstances. 

The average credit period taken for trade receivables is as follows:

Group

Average debtor days

2016

66

2015

61

An impairment review has been undertaken at the balance sheet date to assess whether the carrying amount of financial assets is deemed recoverable.  
The primary credit risk relates to customers which have amounts due outside of their credit period. A provision for impairment is made when there is 
objective evidence of impairment which is usually indicated by a delay in the expected cash flows or non-payment from customers. The amounts presented 
in the balance sheet are net of amounts that are individually determined to be impaired as follows:

Group

Impairment provision
At start of year
Released in year
Provided in year
Foreign exchange

Balance at end of year

2016
£’000

307
(147)
136
12

308

2015
£’000

309
(108)
100
6

307

The impairment of trade receivables has been carried out by the Group’s management based on prior experience and their assessment of the current 
economic environment. 

The Group’s top five customers represent 29% (2015: 30%) of the Group’s turnover. These customers have favourable credit ratings and consequently 
reduce the credit risk of the Group’s overall trade receivables. The Directors consider that the carrying amount of trade and other receivables approximates 
to their fair value. The Group holds no collateral against these receivables at the balance sheet date. 

The ageing profile of trade receivables which are past their due date but not impaired is as follows:

2016
£’000

1,809
726
1,286

2015
£’000

2,213
507
501

Group

Number of days past the due date: 
1–30
31–60
Over 60

74

I   TREATT PLC18. TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES (continued)

The ageing profile of impaired trade receivables is as follows:

Group

Number of days past the due date: 
Current
1–30
31–60
Over 60

2016
£’000

15
2
8
283

2015
£’000

24
—
—
283

The currency risk in respect of trade receivables is managed in conjunction with the other currency risks faced by the Group as part of its overall hedging 
strategy. For further details see note 29 and the Financial Review on pages 16 to 19. The currency exposure within trade receivables, analysed by 
currency, was as follows:

Group

GB Pound
US Dollar
Euro

2016
£’000

3,245
10,941
1,899

2015
£’000

3,267
10,924
1,383

Trade receivables with a carrying value of £6.1m (2015: £3.7m) have been pledged as security in relation to the Industrial Development Loan detailed 
in note 20.

19. CASH AND BANK BALANCES

Group
Cash and bank balances of £6,588,000 (2015: £1,477,000) comprise cash held by the Group and short term deposits with an original maturity of one 
month or less. The carrying amount of these assets approximates to their fair value.

A detailed analysis of net cash balances by currency is shown in note 29. All material cash balances are held with the Group’s main banks, being Lloyds 
Banking Group, HSBC and Bank of America. The credit ratings of these banks are considered to be satisfactory.

20. BORROWINGS

Current

US term loans
Bank borrowings

Non-current

US term loans
UK revolving credit facilities

              Group

               Parent Company

2016
£’000

—
— 

—

2015
£’000

 — 
 — 

—

2016
£’000

480
7

487

              Group

2016
£’000

827
6,928

7,755

2015
£’000

566
1

567

2015
£’000

1,124
5,941

7,065

75

 Annual Report & Financial Statements 2016TREATT PLC   IFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Notes to the Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 September 2016 (continued)

20. BORROWINGS (continued)

US loans and borrowings
US term loans comprise the following:

Group

Industrial development loan
Equipment financing loans

2016
£’000

1,001
306

1,307

2015
£’000

1,030
660

1,690

The industrial development loan is repayable by fixed quarterly instalments over 20 years ending on 1 July 2021. The rate of interest payable has been 
fixed at 3.66% for ten years ending on 1 July 2021 by way of an interest rate swap which covers the full term of the loan. The fair value of this interest rate 
swap (based on the mark-to-market valuation provided by Bank of America) at the year-end was £80,000 (2015: £91,000) based on year end exchange 
rates. The fair value of this swap is not included on the balance sheet or through the income statement as the amount involved is not material. Similarly, 
the Directors do not apply hedge accounting in respect of US borrowings due to the lack of materiality of the items involved. 

The equipment financing loans of £195,000 (2015: £491,000) and £111,000 (2015: £169,000) are repayable by fixed monthly instalments over five 
years ending on 30 March and 31 December 2017, with fixed interest rates of 4.36% and 2.89% respectively.

The US Dollar overdraft facility (“line of credit”) of $4 million is a four year facility expiring in 2017. The US term loans and line of credit, both held by 
Treatt USA Inc, are secured by a fixed and floating charge over Treatt USA’s current and non-current assets.

Other borrowings
The Group’s UK facilities are unsecured. UK borrowings of $9m are held on a four year revolving credit facility (RCF) which expires in 2019. The rate 
of interest on $9m of UK revolving credit facilities has been fixed for ten years at a rate of 5.68% through an interest rate swap ending on 29 December 
2020. Hedge accounting has been applied to the fair value of this swap, details of which are provided in note 29.

Borrowings are repayable as follows:

Group

– in one year or less
– in more than one year but not more than two years
– in more than two years but not more than five years
– in more than five years

2016
£’000

487
219
7,536
—

8,242

2015
£’000

567
412
6,465
188

7,632

Further information on Group borrowing facilities is given in notes 28 and 29, including a detailed analysis of cash balances by currency.

Borrowing facilities
At 30 September 2016 the Group had total borrowing facilities of £22.4m (2015: £20.7m) of which £3.1m (2015: £8.5m) expire in one year or less.  
At 30 September 2016 the Group had access to £20.8m (2015: £14.5m) of financing facilities including its own cash balances at that date.

21. PROVISIONS

Group

Onerous contract provision:
At start of year
Utilised in year
Additional provision in year
Foreign exchange

Balance at end of year

2016
£’000

239
(243)
67
4

67

2015
£’000

920
(887)
195
11

239

Onerous contract provisions relate to losses which are or were expected to materialise in the future on fixed price contracts as a result of significant 
increases in certain raw material prices. The onerous contract provision expense is included in cost of sales within the income statement.

76

I   TREATT PLC22. TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES

Current

Trade payables
Amounts owed to subsidiaries
Other taxes and social security costs
Accruals and other creditors

             Group

              Parent Company

2016
£’000

9,996
—
408
3,747

2015
£’000

7,432
—
508
2,945

14,151

10,885

2016
£’000

—
711
1
6

718

2015
£’000

—
61
8
24

93

Trade payables principally comprise amounts for trade purchases and on-going costs. The Directors consider that the carrying amount of trade and other 
payables approximates to their fair values.

Accruals and other creditors include £0.9m in relation to the final agreed settlement of the earnout dispute.

The currency risk in respect of trade payables is managed in conjunction with the other currency risks faced by the Group as part of its overall hedging 
strategy. For further details see note 29 and the Financial Review on pages 16 to 19. The currency exposure within trade payables, analysed by currency, 
was as follows:

Group

GB Pound
US Dollar
Euro

23. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Group

Derivative financial liabilities:
Current:
Foreign exchange contracts 
Non-current:
Interest rate swaps 

The gains/(losses) on derivative financial instruments were as follows:

Group

Income statement:
Foreign exchange contracts

Other comprehensive income:
Interest rate swaps
Foreign exchange contracts

Further details on the Group’s hedging policies and derivative financial instruments are disclosed in note 29.

2016
£’000

1,407
4,618
1,181

2016
£’000

9

754

763

2015
£’000

1,529
4,446
533

2015
£’000

305

699

1,004

2016
£’000

2015
£’000

(2,196)

243

(54)
174

120

(188)
(216)

(404)

77

 Annual Report & Financial Statements 2016TREATT PLC   IFINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 September 2016 (continued)

24. SHARE CAPITAL

Parent Company and Group
Called up, allotted and fully paid

At start of year
Issued in year

At end of year

2016
£’000

1,050
3

2016
Number

52,495,170
160,000

2015
£’000

1,048
2

2015
Number

52,405,170
90,000

1,053

52,655,170

1,050

52,495,170

During the year the Parent Company issued 160,000 (2015: 90,000) ordinary shares of 2p each to the Treatt SIP Trust for the purpose of meeting its 
obligations under an HMRC-approved share incentive plan in the UK.

The Parent Company has one class of ordinary shares with a nominal value of 2p each, which carry no right to fixed income. 

25. SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS

The Group has applied the requirements of IFRS2 “Share-based Payments”. 

The Group operates executive share option schemes for Directors, senior management and other key employees within the Group in addition to issuing UK 
and US approved savings-related share options for employees of certain subsidiaries. Options are granted with a fixed exercise price and will lapse when 
an employee leaves the Group subject to certain “good leaver” provisions.

The Group also operates an HMRC-approved share incentive plan in the UK, and operates an equivalent scheme for its US employees.

The share-based payments charge was as follows:

Group

Share option schemes – see (a) below
Share incentive plans – see (b) below

Effect of movement in foreign exchange rates

2016
£’000

514
83

597
(31)

566

2015
£’000

178
20

198
—

198

78

I   TREATT PLC25. SHARE–BASED PAYMENTS (continued)

(a)  Share option schemes 
Under the schemes listed below, options have been granted to subscribe for the following number of existing ordinary shares of 2p each in the capital of 
the Parent Company. These share options are expected to be settled via the transfer of shares out of the Treatt Employee Benefit Trust.

The equity–settled options which existed during the year were as follows:

UK SAYE1 Scheme 2013
UK SAYE Scheme 2014
UK SAYE Scheme 2015
UK SAYE Scheme 2016
US ESPP2 Scheme 2015
US ESPP Scheme 2016
UK LTIP3 Scheme 2014
US LTIP3 Scheme 2014
UK LTIP Scheme 2015
US LTIP Scheme 2015
UK LTIP Scheme 2016
US LTIP Scheme 2016
UK Executive4 Options 2012
US Executive Options 2012
UK Executive Options 2013
US Executive Options 2013
UK Executive Options 2014
US Executive Options 2014
UK Executive Options 2015
US Executive Options 2015

Number of shares 
outstanding

Number exercised 
in year

Exercise price  
per share

—
191,680
190,740
250,874
—
31,077
100,282
75,061
130,863
113,993
109,033
124,680
—
97,740
6,790
51,965
128,400
164,816
110,678
175,708

118,115
—
—
—
29,833
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
12,820
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

97.8p
138.0p
132.0p
138.0p
137.0p
150.0p
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
78.0p
79.0p
147.2p
147.2p
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil

Date option exercisable

Sep 2016 – Feb 2017
Sep 2017 – Feb 2018
Sep 2018 – Feb 2019
Sep 2019 – Feb 2020
July 2016
July 2017
June 2017 – June 2024
June 2017 – March 2018
June 2018 – June 2025
June 2018 – March 2019
Dec 2019 – Dec 2026
June 2019 – June 2026
Dec 2015 – Dec 2022
Dec 2017 – Dec 2022
Dec 2016 – Dec 2023
Dec 2018 – Dec 2023
Dec 2017 – Dec 2024
Dec 2017 – March 2018
Dec 2018 – Dec 2025
Dec 2018 – March 2019

1  The SAYE schemes are HMRC-approved Save As You Earn share option plans, which vest after three years. Options are forfeited where employees 

choose to leave the Group before the end of the three year period.

2  The ESPP schemes are IRS-approved Employee Stock Purchase Plans, which vest after one year. Options are forfeited where employees choose to 

leave the Group before the end of the vesting period.

3  Share options are awarded to certain key employees in the UK and US under a Long Term Incentive Plan. All awards are nil-cost options which vest, 
subject to achievement of the relevant performance conditions, after three years and can be exercised over the following seven years in the UK, or 
upon vesting in the US. Save as permitted in the LTIP rules, awards lapse on an employee leaving the Group.  

4  Details of the Executive options are provided in the Directors’ Remuneration Report.

79

 Annual Report & Financial Statements 2016TREATT PLC   IFINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 September 2016 (continued)

25. SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS (continued)

The fair value per option granted using the “Black-Scholes” model, and the assumptions used in the share-based payments calculations, are as follows:

All-employee share schemes:

SAYE 2013

SAYE 2014

SAYE 2015

SAYE 2016 US ESPP 2015 US ESPP 2016

Share price at date of grant
Contractual life
Expected life
Expected volatility
Risk-free interest rate
Dividend yield
Expected cancellations
Expected forfeitures
Fair value per option at date of grant

123.5p
3.5 years
3.5 years
23.6%
1.30%
2.6%
10.0%
7.9%*
26.4p

172.5p
3.5 years
3.5 years
23.4%
2.02%
2.2%
10.0%
5.0%
39.0p

165.0p
3.5 years
3.5 years
23.3%
1.52%
2.4%
10.0%
5.0%
35.6 p

172.5p
3.5 years
3 years
20.7%
0.36%
2.4%
10.0%
5.0%
31.7p

165.0p
1 year
1 year
23.1%
1.52%
2.4%
10.0%
22.1%*
27.5p

172.5p
1 year
1 year
19.4%
0.36%
2.4%
10.0%
5%
21.6p

Key employee share schemes:

UK LTIP 2014

US LTIP 2014

UK LTIP 2015

US LTIP 2015

UK LTIP 2016

US LTIP 2016

Share price at date of grant
Contractual life
Expected life
Expected volatility
Risk-free interest rate
Dividend yield
Expected cancellations
Expected forfeitures
Fair value per option at date of grant

174.0p
10 years
10 years
23.4%
2.02%
2.2%
0.0%
0.0%
139.5p

174.0p
3.2 years
3 years
23.3%
2.02%
2.2%
0.0%
0.0%
162.1p

158.0p
10 years
10 years
23.3%
1.44%
2.5%
0.0%
0.0%
123.6p

158.0p
3.2 years
3 years
23.3%
1.44%
2.5%
0.0%
0.0%
146.0p

170.0p
10 years
5 years
20.7%
0.86%
2.4%
0.0%
56.0%
150.7p

170.0p
3.2 years
3.2 years
20.7%
0.86%
2.4%
0.0%
56.0%
157.3p

Executive share schemes:

Share price at date of grant
Contractual life
Expected life
Expected volatility
Risk-free interest rate
Dividend yield
Expected cancellations
Expected forfeitures
Fair value per  
  option at date of grant

* Actual forfeiture experienced.

UK Exec  
2012

78.0p
10 years
10 years
21.1%
0.84%
4.0%
0.0%
0.0%*

US Exec  
2012

UK Exec 
2013

US Exec 
2013

78.0p
10 years
10 years
21.7%
0.84%
4.0%
0.0%
0.0%

147.2p
10 years
10 years
23.6%
1.70%
2.5%
0.0%
0.0%

147.2p
10 years
10 years
23.3%
1.70%
2.5%
0.0%
3.0%

UK Exec
 2014

139.7p
10 years
10 years
23.4%
1.26%
2.7%
0.0%
0.0%

US Exec 
2014

UK Exec 
2015

US Exec 
2015

139.7p
10 years
10 years
23.4%
1.26%
2.7%
0.0%
0.0%

164.5p
10 years
5 years
23.3%
1.25%
2.5%
0.0%
56.0%

164.5p
10 years
5 years
23.3%
1.25%
2.5%
0.0%
56.0%

8.25p

8.45p

30.0p

29.6p

106.1p

106.1p

145.5p

145.5p

Expected volatility was determined by calculating the historical volatility of the Group’s share price over a period equivalent to the vesting period of the 
respective options prior to their date of grant.

The risk-free interest rate was based on the simple average of the historical daily gilt yields quoted for five year benchmark gilts during the month in which 
a grant of options is made.

80

I   TREATT PLC25. SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS (continued)

Details of movements in share options during the year were as follows:

Outstanding at start of year
Granted during the year
Forfeited during the year
Exercised during the year
Expired during the year
Cancelled during the year

Outstanding at end of year
Exercisable at end of year

2016  
Weighted 
average 
exercise price
£0.61
£0.47
£1.33
£1.04
—
£1.36

£0.45
—

2016
No of options
1,441,505
805,756
(22,837)
(158,973)
—
(11,151)

2,054,300
—

2015
No of options
897,910
782,662
(8,809)
(219,802)
(9,425)
(1,031)
1,441,505
—

2015  
Weighted 
average  
exercise price
£0.81
£0.42
£1.02
£0.65
£1.28
£1.47

£0.61
—

Forfeiture arises when the employee is no longer entitled to participate in the savings-related share option scheme as a consequence of leaving the Group 
whereas cancellation arises when a participant voluntarily chooses to cease their membership of a scheme within the vesting period. 

The options outstanding had a weighted average remaining contractual period of 6.5 years (2015: 6.4 years). The weighted average actual market share 
price on date of exercise for share options exercised during the year was 179.8 pence (2015: 158.6 pence) and the weighted average fair value of options 
granted during the year was 107.3 pence (2015: 92.4 pence).

(b)  Share incentive plans
All UK-based employees are eligible to participate in an HMRC-approved SIP once they have been with the Group for a qualifying period of up to twelve 
months.  US employees participate in a similar scheme through the use of nil cost Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”). During the year UK employees were 
awarded £525 (2015: £500) of “Free Shares”, and US employees $825 (2015: $800) of RSUs, in Treatt plc. There are no vesting conditions attached to 
the Free Shares or RSUs, other than being continuously employed by the Group for three years from the date of grant. UK employees can also buy shares 
in Treatt plc out of pre-tax income, subject to an annual HMRC limit, currently £1,800. These shares are called “Partnership Shares” and are held in trust 
on behalf of the employee. The employees must take their shares out of the plan on leaving the Group. For every Partnership Share acquired during the 
year, one “Matching Share” was awarded under the rules of the SIP. Matching Shares are subject to the same forfeiture rules as Free Shares. 

Details of the movements in the SIP were as follows:

Outstanding at start of year
Granted during the year
Forfeited during the year
Released during the year

Outstanding at end of year
Exercisable at end of year

 No of free and  
 matching shares

     No of nil cost RSUs

2016
53,303
102,556
(3,614)
(4,697)

147,548
—

2015
—
55,421
(1,059)
(1,059)

53,303
—

2016
21,228
21,248
(4,188)
-

38,288
—

2015
—
23,058
(1,830)
—
21,228 
—

In accordance with IFRS 2, no valuation model is required to calculate the fair value of awards under the SIPs. The fair value of an equity-based payment 
under the SIPs is the face value of the award on the date of grant because the participants are entitled to receive the full value of the shares and there are 
no market-based performance conditions attached to the awards.

26. POST-EMPLOYMENT BENEFITS

Group
The  Group  operates  a  wholly-funded  defined  benefit  pension  scheme  for  certain  UK  employees.  The  scheme’s  assets  are  held  separately  from  the 
assets of the Group and are administered by trustees and managed professionally. From 1 October 2001 this scheme was closed to new entrants and 
from 1 January 2013 was not subject to any further accruals. Instead members of the final salary pension scheme became eligible for membership of a  
defined contribution pension plan with effect from 1 January 2013.

Defined contribution schemes are operated on behalf of eligible employees, the assets of which are held separately from those of the Group in independently 
administered funds.

The pension charge for the year was made up as follows:
Current
Defined contribution schemes
Other pension costs

2016
737
24

761

2015
697
24
721

81

 Annual Report & Financial Statements 2016TREATT PLC   IFINANCIAL STATEMENTS                
Notes to the Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 September 2016 (continued)

26. POST-EMPLOYMENT BENEFITS (continued)

Defined benefit pension scheme
The Group accounts for pensions in accordance with IAS 19, “Employee Benefits”, details of which are as follows:

The valuation used for IAS 19 disclosures in respect of the defined benefit pension scheme (“the scheme”) has been based on the most recent actuarial 
valuation at 1 January 2015 carried out by Barnett Waddingham and updated by Mrs L Lawson, a Fellow of the Institute and Faculty of Actuaries, to take 
account of the requirements of IAS 19 in order to assess the liabilities of the scheme at 30 September 2016. Scheme assets are stated at their market 
value as at that date.

The scheme is subject to the Statutory Funding Objective under the Pensions Act 2004. A valuation of the scheme is carried out at least once every three 
years to determine whether the Statutory Funding Objective is met. As part of the process the Group must agree with the trustees of the scheme the 
contributions to be paid to address any shortfall against the Statutory Funding Objective. The Statutory Funding Objective does not currently impact on 
the recognition of the scheme in these financial statements.

The scheme is managed by a board of trustees appointed in part by the company and part from elections by members of the Scheme. The trustees have 
responsibility for obtaining valuations of the fund, administering benefit payments and investing the scheme’s assets. The trustees delegate some of these 
functions to their professional advisers where appropriate.

The scheme exposes the Group to a number of risks:

Investment risk: The scheme holds investments in asset classes, such as equities, which have volatile market values and while these assets are expected 
to provide the real returns over the long term, the short-term volatility can cause additional funding to be required if a deficit emerges.

Interest rate risk: The scheme’s liabilities are assessed using market yields on high quality corporate bonds to discount the liabilities. As the scheme holds 
assets such as equities the value of the assets and liabilities may not move in the same way.

Inflation risk: A proportion of the benefits under the scheme are linked to inflation. Although the scheme’s assets are expected to provide a good hedge 
against inflation over the long term, movements over the short-term could lead to deficits emerging.

Mortality risk: In the event that members live longer than assumed a greater deficit will emerge in the scheme.

Member options: Certain benefit options may be exercised by members without requiring the consent of the trustees or the company, for example 
exchanging pension for cash at retirement. In this example, if fewer members than expected exchange pension for cash at retirement then a funding 
strain will emerge.

The assets do not include any investment in shares of the Group and there were no plan amendments, curtailments or settlements during the period. 
The disclosure liability makes no allowance for discretionary benefits.

The financial assumptions used to calculate scheme liabilities and assets under IAS 19 are:

Discount rate
Rate of inflation (RPI)
Rate of inflation (CPI)
Rate of increase in pensions in payment – CPI max 5%
Rate of increase in pensions in payment – CPI max 3%
Rate of increase in pensions in payment – CPI max 2.5%
Revaluation in deferment

Mortality table
Commutation allowance
Proportion married (at retirement or earlier death) 
Rate of increase in salaries
Life expectancy for male aged 65 in 20 years’ time
Life expectancy for female aged 65 in 20 years’ time
Life expectancy for male aged 65 now
Life expectancy for female aged 65 now

2016
£’000

2015
£’000

2.60%
3.25%
2.25%
2.25%
2.10%
1.95%
2.25%
100% of S2PxA table with CMI_2015 
projections with a long term average  
rate of improvement of 1.25% pa 
20%
75%
N/A
23.9
26.1
22.2
24.2

4.00%
3.10%
2.10%
2.10%
2.00%
1.85%
2.10%
100% of S2PxA table with CMI_2014 
projections with a long term average  
rate of improvement of 1.25% pa
20%
90%
N/A
24.1
26.3
22.4
24.4

82

I   TREATT PLC26. POST-EMPLOYMENT BENEFITS (continued)

Effect of the scheme on future cash flows
The Company is required to agree a schedule of contributions with the trustees of the scheme following a valuation which must be carried out at least once 
every three years. The latest valuation of the scheme took place as at 1 January 2015. The valuation revealed that there was a funding surplus in the scheme 
as at that date of £314,000, being a funding level of 102%. It was agreed with the trustees that, consequently, the Company could cease making contributions 
to the scheme for the foreseeable future. It was further agreed that if the annual actuarial funding update revealed that the scheme funding level had fallen 
to below 95%, then contributions would be resumed. The actuarial funding update as at 30 September 2016 revealed an actuarial deficit of £1,676,000, 
being a funding level of 92%. The Company has therefore agreed to make on-going contributions to its defined benefit pension scheme in 2017 of £300,000 
(2016: £Nil). The weighted average duration of the defined benefit obligation is approximately 21 years.

Scheme assets:
Equities
Target return funds
Bonds
Other

Fair value of scheme assets
Present value of funded obligations (scheme liabilities)

Deficit in the scheme recognised in the balance sheet
Related deferred tax

Net pension liability

Changes in scheme liabilities
Balance at start of year
Interest cost
Benefits paid
Remeasurement losses:
  Experience loss on liabilities
  Actuarial loss arising from changes to demographic assumptions
  Actuarial loss arising from changes in financial assumptions

Balance at end of year

Changes in scheme assets
Balance at start of period
Interest on scheme assets
Employer contributions
Benefits paid
Remeasurement gains:
  Return on plan assets (excluding amounts included in interest expense)

Balance at end of year

2016
£’000

10,025
5,499
4,189
138

19,851
(27,252)

(7,401)
1,258

(6,143)

(21,251)
(835)
770

—
1,005
(6,941)

2015
£’000

8,908
3,658
5,652
74

18,292
(21,251)

(2,959)
592

(2,367)

(20,706)
(839)
493

(113)
(85)
(1)

(27,252)

(21,251)

18,292
716
(26)
(770)

18,177
741
306
(493)

1,639

(439)

19,851

18,292

83

 Annual Report & Financial Statements 2016TREATT PLC   IFINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 September 2016 (continued)

26. POST-EMPLOYMENT BENEFITS (continued)

Amount charged to finance costs
Interest on scheme assets
Interest on scheme liabilities

Net finance expense

Net expense recognised in income statement

Amount recognised in statement of comprehensive income
Gain/(loss) on scheme assets in excess of interest
Experience losses on liabilities
Gain/(loss) from changes to demographic assumptions
Loss from changes to financial assumptions

Remeasurement loss recognised in statement of comprehensive income

Actual return on scheme assets

2016
£’000

2015
£’000

716
(835)

(119)

(119)

1,639
—
1,005
(6,941)

(4,297)

2,355

741
(839)

(98)

(98)

(439)
(113)
(85)
(1)

(638)

302

Cumulative remeasurement loss recognised in statement of comprehensive income

(8,448)

(4,151)

Approximate effect of change of assumptions on liability values at 30 September 2016:

Reduce discount rate by 0.25% pa
Increase inflation and all related assumptions by 0.1% pa
Increase life expectancy by one year

Increase liability by:
£’000

1,385
380
1,150

The above sensitivities are approximate and only show the likely effect of an assumption being adjusted whilst all other assumptions remain the same. 
The assumptions used in preparing this sensitivity analysis are unchanged from the prior year.

27. COMMITMENTS UNDER OPERATING LEASES

The Group as lessee
As at 30 September 2016, the Group had total commitments for future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases which fall due 
as follows:

Within one year
In one to two years
In two to five years

2016
£’000

61
25
27

113

The Group as lessor
As at 30 September 2016, the Group had contracted with tenants for the following future minimum lease payments which fall due as follows:

Within one year

Details of lease payments under operating leases recognised as an expense in the year are disclosed in note 5.

2016
£’000

8

2015
£’000

53
35
44

132

2015
£’000

8

84

I   TREATT PLC28. CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

Parent Company
The Parent Company has guaranteed the Industrial Development Loan and “Line of Credit” for Treatt USA Inc. At the balance sheet date the liability 
covered by this guarantee amounted to US$1,300,000 (£1,001,000) (2015: US$1,560,000 (£1,030,000)).

The Parent Company has also guaranteed certain bank borrowings of its UK subsidiaries R C Treatt & Co Limited and Earthoil Plantations Limited. At the 
year-end the liabilities covered by this guarantee amounted to £4,006,000 (2015: £5,430,000).

29. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Parent Company and Group
Capital risk management
The Group and Parent Company manage their capital to ensure that entities in the Group continue as going concerns whilst maximising returns to 
stakeholders through the optimisation of the debt and equity balance. The capital structure of the Group consists of net debt and equity shareholders’ 
funds.  The  Group  is  not  subject  to  any  externally  imposed  capital  requirements.  Board  policy  is  to  operate  with  a  mix  of  short  and  medium  term 
borrowings. The Group has a mix of facilities, including a £2m three year revolving credit facility with Lloyds Banking Group and a $9m four year revolving 
credit facility with HSBC in the UK, together with a $4m four year line of credit facility with Bank of America in the US. None of these facilities expire in 
the same financial years and all bank facilities are operated independently and are therefore not syndicated. The Group’s net debt position is monitored 
daily and reviewed by management on a weekly basis. Further details of the Group’s capital management are given in the Chairman’s Statement, CEO’s 
Report and Financial Review on pages 10 to 19.

Categories of financial instruments
In the following table those financial instruments which are measured subsequent to initial recognition at fair value are required to be grouped into levels 
1 to 3 based on the degree to which the fair value is observable:
• 
• 

level 1 – fair value measurements are those derived from quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;
level 2 – fair value measurements are those derived from inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable for the asset 
or liability, either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices); and
level 3 – fair value measurements are those derived from valuation techniques that include inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on 
observable market data (unobservable inputs).

• 

Financial assets
Redeemable loan notes receivable from subsidiaries
Trade receivables
Cash and cash equivalents

               Group

                 Parent Company

2016
£’000

—
16,250
6,588

22,838

2015
£’000

—
15,634
1,477

17,111

2016
£’000

1,350
—
1,399

2,749

2015
£’000

1,350
—
686

2,036

85

 Annual Report & Financial Statements 2016TREATT PLC   IFINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 September 2016 (continued)

29. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued)

Capital risk management (continued)

Financial liabilities
Redeemable loan notes payable
Trade payables
Bank borrowings
UK revolving credit facilities
US term loans
Derivative financial instruments – forward currency contracts (level 2)
Derivative financial instruments – interest rate swap (level 2)

               Group

                 Parent Company

2016
£’000

675
9,996
7
6,928
1,307
9
754

2015
£’000

675
7,432
1
5,941
1,690
305
699

19,676

16,743

2016
£’000

2015
£’000

675
—
—
—
—
—
—

675

675
—
—
—
—
—
—

675

Fair values of financial assets and liabilities
The estimated fair values of financial assets and liabilities is not considered to be significantly different from their carrying values. 

Financial risk management objectives
The Group and Parent Company collate information from across the business and report to the Board on key financial risks. These risks include credit 
risk, liquidity risk, interest rate risk and currency risk. The Group has policies in place, which have been approved by the Board, to manage these risks. 
The Group does not enter into traded financial instruments as the costs involved currently outweigh the risks they seek to protect against. Speculative 
purchases of financial instruments are not made.

Credit risk management
Credit risk refers to the risk that a counterparty will default on its contractual obligations resulting in financial loss to the Group or Parent Company. The 
Group’s credit risk is primarily attributable to its trade receivables and details of how this risk is managed are explained in note 18. The credit risk on liquid 
funds is limited because the counterparties are banks with good credit ratings assigned by international credit rating agencies as outlined in note 19. The 
Directors are of the opinion that there are no significant concentrations of credit risk. The carrying amount of financial assets recorded in the financial 
statements, which is net of impairment losses, represents the Group and Parent Company’s maximum exposure to credit risk.

The loan notes receivable by the Parent Company are made up as follows:

Parent Company

Variable Rate Unsecured Loan Notes 2015 (A)
Variable Rate Unsecured Loan Notes 2015 (B)

2016
£’000

950
400

1,350

2015
£’000

     950
400

1,350

As disclosed in note 30, the loan notes are receivable by the Parent Company from two of its wholly-owned subsidiaries, comprising the Earthoil Group. 
The loan notes were redeemed in full after the balance sheet date. 

Further details of the Group’s credit risk management are given in notes 18 and 19.

86

I   TREATT PLC29. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued)

Credit risk management (continued)

Liquidity risk management
Liquidity risk refers to the risk that the Group may not be able to fund the day to day running of the Group. Liquidity risk is reviewed by the Board at all 
Board meetings. The Group manages liquidity risk by monitoring actual and forecast cash flows and matching the maturity profiles of financial assets 
and liabilities. The Group also monitors the drawdown of debt against the available banking facilities and reviews the level of reserves. Liquidity risk 
management ensures sufficient debt funding is available for the Group’s day to day needs. Board policy is to maintain a reasonable headroom of unused 
committed bank facilities.

The Group has a number of debt facilities, details of which, including their terms and maturity profile, are given in note 20.

The Board also monitors the Group’s banking covenants which are calculated under IFRS. There were no breaches during the year or prior period.

Interest rate risk management
The Group is exposed to interest rate risk on short to medium term borrowings primarily with three major institutions being HSBC, Lloyds Banking Group 
and Bank of America. The risk is managed by maintaining borrowings with several institutions across a number of currencies, principally US Dollar and 
Sterling. Long term financing is primarily used to finance long term capital investment.

The Group hedges a portion of its interest rate risk through an interest rate swap which has the effect of fixing the interest rate on a notional principal of 
US$9 million of borrowings. The interest rate swap is for a period of ten years ending in 2020 and swaps variable 3 month US LIBOR for a fixed rate of 
5.68%. The Group has complied with the requirements of IAS39, “Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement” and designated this interest 
rate swap as a cash flow hedge. The hedge was 100% effective during the period and is expected to be going forward, and consequently the carrying 
value (which is the same as the fair value) of the interest rate swap has been taken to the hedging reserve, and the corresponding liability was as follows:

Derivative financial instruments
Non-current liabilities

Interest rate swaps

2016
£’000

754

2015
£’000

699

The fair value of the interest rate swap equates to the mark-to-market valuation of the swap provided by HSBC and represents the amount which the 
Group would expect to pay in order to close the swap contract at the balance sheet date. 

The loss on interest rate swaps was as follows:  

Group

Other comprehensive income

2016
£’000

(54)

2015
£’000

(188)

The derivative financial instrument for the interest rate swap described above is classified as level 2.

87

 Annual Report & Financial Statements 2016TREATT PLC   IFINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 September 2016 (continued)

29. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued)

Interest rate risk management (continued)
Interest rate risk is further diversified by having a mix of fixed and floating rate borrowings, as well as holding borrowings in a range of currencies as follows:

Group

Bank borrowings:
US Dollars
Sterling*
Other*

Total Net Debt
Loan notes payable:
Sterling

         Floating rate financial
        liabilities

2016
£’000

(5,060)
(762)
(759)

(6,581)

675

(5,906)

2015
£’000

455
(1,709)
(222)

(1,476)

675

(801)

       Fixed rate financial 
      liabilities
2016
£’000

2015
£’000

8,235
—
—

8,235

—

8,235

7,631
—
—

7,631

—

7,631

              Total

2016
£’000

3,175
(762)
(759)

1,654

675

2,329

2015
£’000

8,086
(1,709)
(222)

6,155

675

6,830

* Bank borrowings are shown net of positive cash balances as rights of set-off exist.

The Parent Company bank balances were all held in Sterling.

Interest on floating rate bank deposits is based on UK base rates or currency LIBOR as applicable. Interest on bank overdrafts is charged at 1.25%-2.25% 
above bank base or currency LIBOR rates. The terms of the loan notes receivable are shown within this note.

Fixed rate financial liabilities comprise the Industrial Development Loan of US$1,300,000 (2015: US$1,560,000), equipment financing term loans of 
$398,000 (2015: $1,000,000) and $9,000,000 revolving credit facility (see note 20). 

The loan notes payable by the Parent Company and Group are made up as follows:

Parent Company

Series A Variable Rate Unsecured Loan Notes 2015
Series B Variable Rate Unsecured Loan Notes 2015

2016
£’000

475
200

675

2015
£’000

475
200

675

Following the settlement of the Earthoil earnout legal dispute, the loan notes were settled after the balance sheet date. Interest is payable at 1% above 
UK base rate. 

Interest rate sensitivity analysis has been performed on the floating rate financial liabilities to illustrate the impact on Group profits if interest rates increased 
or decreased. This analysis assumes the liabilities outstanding at the period end, after taking account of rights of set off, were outstanding for the whole 
period. A 100 bps increase or decrease has been used, comprising management’s assessment of reasonably possible changes in interest rates. If interest 
rates had been 100 bps higher or lower, then profit before taxation for the year ended 30 September 2016 would have decreased or increased as follows:

Impact on profit before tax of 1% interest rate movement

               Group

                 Parent Company

2016
£’000

89

2015
£’000

83

2016
£’000

(7)

2015
£’000

(7)

It has been assumed that all other variables remained the same when preparing the interest rate sensitivity analysis and that floating rate short term bank 
borrowings in the same currency are netted against each other for the purpose of interest rate calculation.

Foreign currency risk management
Foreign currency risk management occurs at a transactional level on revenues and purchases in foreign currencies and at a translational level in relation 
to the translation of overseas operations. The Group’s main foreign exchange risk is the US Dollar. Board policy is for UK businesses to mitigate US Dollar 
transactional exposures by holding borrowings in US Dollars and Euros as well as by entering into foreign currency forward contracts and options. Further 
details of the Group’s foreign currency risk management can be found in the Chairman’s Statement, CEO’s Report and Financial Review on pages 10 to 19.

88

I   TREATT PLC 
             
                  
29. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued)

Foreign currency risk management (continued)
The following table details the forward and option contracts outstanding at the year end:

As at 30 September 2016

US Dollars:
Forward contract to sell US Dollars in 3 months
Forward contract to sell US Dollars in 6 months
Euros:
Forward contract to sell Euros in 3 months 
Forward contract to sell Euros in 6 months

As at 30 September 2015

US Dollars:
Put option to sell US Dollars in 3 to 6 months
Call option to sell US Dollars in 3 to 6 months
Euros:
Forward contract to sell Euros in 3 to 6 months

Average
Contract Rate

1.299
1.303

1.161
1.158

Average
Contract Rate

1.585
1.585

1.403

Nominal
currency
‘000

$6,750
$6,750

€1,375
€1,375

Nominal
currency
‘000

$13,500
$13,500

€3,000

Contract
 GBP
£’000

Fair value 
gain/(loss)
£’000

5,195
5,182

1,185
1,187

1
(2)

(4)
(4)

(9)

Contract
 GBP
£’000

Fair value gain
£’000

8,517
8,517

2,139

(262)
37

(80)

(305)

The derivative financial instruments for the foreign currency contracts and options described above are all held as cash flow hedges and are classified 
as level 2. The fair value of the foreign currency contracts at the year end equate to the mark-to-market valuation of the contracts and options provided 
by HSBC and Lloyds Banking Group. These represent the amounts which the Group would expect to pay in order to close these contracts at the balance 
sheet date.  

The gain/(loss) on foreign currency financial instruments during the year was as follows:

Group

Income statement
Other comprehensive income

2016
£’000

(2,196)
175

(2,021)

2015
£’000

243
(216)

27

The Group’s currency exposure, being those exposures arising from transactions where the net currency gains and losses will be recognised in the 
income statement, is as follows:

Net foreign currency financial assets:

US Dollar
Other

2016
£’000

5,495
1,644

7,139

2015
£’000

4,762
1,161

5,923

89

 Annual Report & Financial Statements 2016TREATT PLC   IFINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 September 2016 (continued)

29. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued)

Foreign currency risk management (continued)
A currency sensitivity analysis has been performed on the financial assets and liabilities to sensitivity of a 10% increase/decrease in the Pounds Sterling to 
US Dollar exchange rate. A 10% strengthening of the US Dollar has been used, comprising management’s assessment of reasonably possible changes in 
US Dollar exchange rates. The impact on profit for the period in the income statement would be a gain/(loss) on net monetary assets or liabilities as follows:

Group

Impact of 10% strengthening of US Dollar against GB Pound

2016
£’000

611

2015
£’000

529

In management’s opinion, the sensitivity analysis is unrepresentative of the inherent foreign exchange risk since it is limited to the year-end exposure and 
does not reflect the exposure during the year.

30. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The following transactions were carried out with related parties:

Group
Remuneration of key management personnel
The remuneration of the Directors, who are the key management personnel of the Group, is set out below in aggregate. Further information about the 
remuneration of individual Directors is provided in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 39 to 50.

Salaries and other short-term employee benefits
Employers’ social security costs
Pension contributions to money purchase schemes
Share-based payments

2016
£’000

1,071
90
56
215

1,432

2015
£’000

982
90
39
85

1,196

During the year no Directors (2015: nil) were members of a defined benefit pension scheme as the scheme was closed to future accrual with effect from 
31 December 2012. The aggregate accumulated total pension payable at age 65 as at 30 September 2016 was £21,000 (2015: £21,000) per annum.

Parent Company
Transactions with subsidiaries:

Interest received from:
Earthoil Plantations Limited
Earthoil Kenya PTY EPZ Limited

Dividends received from:
R C Treatt & Co Limited
Treatt USA Inc

Balances with subsidiaries:

Redeemable loan notes receivable:
Earthoil Plantations Limited
Earthoil Kenya PTY EPZ Limited

Amounts owed to/(by) Parent Company:
Earthoil Plantations Limited
R C Treatt & Co Limited

2016
£’000

4
2

1,862
1,037

2016
£’000

950
400

13
(712)

2015
£’000

14
6

3,072
1,021

2015
£’000

950
400

(61)
116 

The redeemable loan notes were redeemed in full after the balance sheet date. Interest is receivable at 1% above UK base rate. Amounts owed to the Parent 
Company are unsecured and will be settled in cash.

90

I   TREATT PLC 
Notice of Annual General Meeting

THIS DOCUMENT IS IMPORTANT AND REQUIRES YOUR 
IMMEDIATE ATTENTION. IF YOU ARE IN ANY DOUBT AS 
TO WHAT ACTION TO TAKE YOU ARE RECOMMENDED TO 
CONSULT YOUR STOCKBROKER, SOLICITOR, ACCOUNTANT 
OR OTHER INDEPENDENT ADVISER AUTHORISED UNDER 
THE FINANCIAL SERVICES AND MARKETS ACT 2000.

If you have sold or transferred all of your ordinary shares in Treatt plc, you should pass this document, together with the 
accompanying form of proxy, to the person through whom the sale or transfer was made for transmission to the purchaser 
or transferee.

Notice of the Annual General Meeting which has been convened for 27 January 2017 at 10.30 am at Treatt plc, Northern Way, Bury St Edmunds, Suffolk 
IP32 6NL is set out below. 

To be valid, forms of proxy must be completed and returned in accordance with the instructions printed thereon so as to be received by the Company’s 
registrars, Capita Asset Services, PXS1, 34 Beckenham Road, Beckenham, Kent, BR3 4ZF as soon as possible and in any event not later than 48 hours 
(excluding weekends and public holidays) before the time appointed for holding the meeting.

Notice is hereby given that the Annual General Meeting of the Shareholders 
of Treatt plc (the “Company”) will be held at Treatt plc, Northern Way, Bury 
St Edmunds, Suffolk, IP32 6NL on 27 January 2017, at 10.30 am for the 
transaction of the following business:

Special business
To consider and, if thought fit, to pass the following resolutions, of which 
Resolution  10  and  11  will  be  proposed  as  Ordinary  Resolutions  and 
Resolutions 12 to 14 will be proposed as Special Resolutions.

Ordinary business
1.  To receive the audited accounts and related reports of the Directors and 

Auditors for the year ended 30 September 2016.

10. Approval of Remuneration Policy

THAT:
The Remuneration Policy be and is hereby approved.

2.  To approve the Directors’ Remuneration Report.

11. Authority to allot securities

3.  To approve a final dividend of 3.0p per share on the ordinary shares of 

the Company for the year ended 30 September 2016.

4.  To re-elect Anita Haines as a Director of the Company.

5.  To re-elect David Johnston as a Director of the Company.

6.  To re-elect Jeff Iliffe as a Director of the Company.

7.  To re-elect Richard Illek as a Director of the Company.

8.  To re-appoint RSM UK Audit LLP as Auditors of the Company, to hold 
office from the conclusion of this meeting until the conclusion of the 
next Annual General Meeting. 

9.  To authorise the Directors to determine the remuneration of the Auditors 

of the Company.

THAT:
(a)   In accordance with Section 551 of the Companies Act 2006 (the 
‘Act’) the Directors be and are hereby generally and unconditionally 
authorised to exercise all the powers of the Company to allot shares 
in the Company and to grant rights to subscribe for, or to convert 
any security into, shares in the Company (Rights) within the terms 
of the restrictions and provisions following; namely:
(i)   this  authority  shall  (unless  previously  revoked,  varied  or 
renewed) expire on the earlier of the date of the next Annual 
General Meeting of the Company following the passing of this 
Resolution and 27 April 2018; and

(ii)   this  authority  shall  be  limited  to  the  allotment  of  shares  and 
the  granting  of  Rights  up  to  an  aggregate  nominal  amount 
of  £347,524  (representing  approximately  33  per  cent  of  the 
existing issued share capital of the Company).

91

 Annual Report & Financial Statements 2016TREATT PLC   IFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
Notice of Annual General Meeting continued

(b)  For the purpose of sub-paragraph (a) above:

(i)   the  said  power  shall  allow  and  enable  the  Directors  to  make 
an offer or agreement which would or might require shares to 
be  allotted  or  Rights  to  be  granted  after  such  expiry  and  the 
Directors  may  allot  shares  and  grant  Rights  in  pursuance  of 
such  an  offer  or  agreement  as  if  the  power  conferred  hereby 
had not expired; and

(ii)   words and expressions defined in or for the purpose of Part 17 

of the Act shall bear the same meaning herein.

12. 

 Disapplication  of  pre-emption  rights  for  up  to  5%  of  existing  
share capital

THAT:
(a)   Conditionally  upon  the  passing  of  Resolution  11  above  and  in 
accordance  with  Section  570  of  the  Act,  the  Directors  be  and 
are  hereby  given  power  to  allot  equity  securities  pursuant  to  the 
authority conferred by Resolution 11 above as if Section 561 of the 
said Act did not apply to any such allotment provided that:
(i)   the power hereby granted shall be limited:

(aa)   to the allotment of equity securities in connection with or 
pursuant to an offer by way of rights to the holders of shares 
in the Company and other persons entitled to participate 
therein, in the proportion (as nearly as may be) to such 
holders’ holdings of such shares (or, as appropriate, to the 
number of shares which such other persons are for these 
purposes deemed to hold) subject only to such exclusions 
or other arrangements as the Directors may feel necessary 
or expedient to deal with fractional entitlements or legal or 
practical problems under the laws of or the requirements 
of any recognised regulatory body in any territory; and
(bb)   to  the  allotment  (otherwise  than  pursuant  to  sub-
paragraph (i)(aa) of this proviso) of equity securities up to 
an  aggregate  nominal  amount  of  £52,655  (representing 
approximately  5  per  cent  of  the  existing  issued  share 
capital of the Company);

(ii)   the power hereby granted shall expire on the earlier of the date 
of the next Annual General Meeting of the Company following 
the passing of this Resolution and 27 April 2018;

(b)  (i)   the said power shall allow and enable the Directors to make an 
offer  or  agreement  before  the  expiry  of  the  said  power  which 
would or might require securities to be allotted pursuant to the 
agreement  as  if  the  power  conferred  herein  had  not  expired; 
and 

(ii)   words and expressions defined in or for the purpose of Part 17 

of the Act shall bear the same meaning herein.

13. Disapplication  of  pre-emption  rights  for  a  further  5%  of  existing 
share capital for a specified capital investment
THAT:
(a)   Conditionally upon the passing of Resolutions 11 and 12 above and 
in accordance with Section 570 of the Act, the Directors be and 
are  hereby  given  power  to  allot  equity  securities  pursuant  to  the 
authority conferred by Resolution 11 above as if Section 561 of the 
said Act did not apply to any such allotment provided that:
(i)   the power hereby granted shall be limited pursuant to paragraph 
(a)(i)(aa) of Resolution 12 up to an aggregate nominal amount 
of  £52,655  (representing  a  further  5  per  cent  of  the  existing 
issued share capital of the Company);

(ii)   the power hereby granted shall expire on the earlier of the date 
of the next Annual General Meeting of the Company following 
the passing of this Resolution and 27 April 2018;

(b)  (i)   the said power shall allow and enable the Directors to make an 
offer  or  agreement  before  the  expiry  of  the  said  power  which 
would or might require securities to be allotted pursuant to the 
agreement  as  if  the  power  conferred  herein  had  not  expired; 
and 

(ii)   words and expressions defined in or for the purpose of Part 17 

of the Act shall bear the same meaning herein.

14.  Authority to purchase own shares

THAT:
The  Company  is  hereby  generally  and  unconditionally  authorised  to 
make market purchases (within the meaning of Section 693 of the Act) 
of ordinary shares of 2p each in the capital of the Company (“ordinary 
shares”) provided that:
(a)   the  maximum  number  of  ordinary  shares  authorised  to  be 
purchased is 5,265,517 (representing approximately 10 per cent 
of the present issued share capital of the Company);

(b)   the minimum price (excluding stamp duty, dealing or other costs) 

which may be paid for an ordinary share so purchased is 2p;

(c)   the maximum price which may be paid for an ordinary share so 
purchased  is  an  amount  equal  to  5  per  cent  above  the  average 
of  the  middle  market  quotations  shown  for  an  ordinary  share  in 
The London Stock Exchange Daily Official List on the five business 
days immediately preceding the day on which that ordinary share  
is purchased;

(d)   the authority hereby conferred shall expire at the conclusion of the 
Annual General Meeting of the Company to be held in 2018, unless 
such authority is renewed, varied or revoked prior to such time; and
(e)   the  Company  may  prior  to  the  expiry  of  such  authority  make  a 
contract  to  purchase  ordinary  shares  under  the  authority  hereby 
conferred which will or may be executed wholly or partly after the 
expiry  of  such  authority,  and  may  make  a  purchase  of  ordinary 
shares in pursuance of any such contract.

By order of the Board

ANITA STEER
Secretary
9 December 2016

Registered Office:

Northern Way
Bury St Edmunds,
Suffolk IP32 6NL

The note on voting procedures and general rights of shareholders, together with explanatory notes on the resolutions to be put to the meeting, which 
follow on pages 93 to 94 form part of this notice.

92

I   TREATT PLC 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note on voting procedures and general rights of shareholders: 
Only those persons entered in the Register of Members of the Company 
(the Register) as at close of business on 25 January 2017 (the Record 
Date)  shall  be  entitled  to  attend  or  vote  at  the  AGM  in  respect  of  the 
number  of  ordinary  shares  in  the  capital  of  the  Company  registered  in 
their names at that time. Changes to entries on the Register for certificated 
or uncertificated shares of the Company after the Record Date shall be 
disregarded in determining the rights of any person to attend or vote at 
the  AGM.  Should  the  AGM  be  adjourned  to  a  time  not  more  than  48 
hours  after  the  Record  Date,  that  time  will  also  apply  for  the  purpose 
of determining the entitlement of members to attend and vote (and for 
the  purpose  of  determining  the  number  of  votes  they  may  cast)  at  the 
adjourned AGM. Should the AGM be adjourned for a longer period, to be 
so entitled, members must have been entered on the Register by close of 
business two days prior to the adjourned AGM (excluding weekends and 
public holidays) or, if the Company gives notice of the adjourned AGM, at 
the time specified in such notice.

a)  In order for a proxy appointment or instruction made using the CREST 
service to be valid, the appropriate CREST message (a “CREST Proxy 
Instruction”)  must  be  properly  authenticated  in  accordance  with 
Euroclear  UK  &  Ireland  Limited’s  (“EUI”)  specifications  and  must 
contain the information required for such instructions, as described in 
the CREST Manual. The message, regardless of whether it constitutes 
the appointment of a proxy or an amendment to the instruction given to 
a previously appointed proxy must, in order to be valid, be transmitted 
so as to be received by the issuer’s agent (ID RA10) by the latest time(s) 
for receipt of proxy appointments specified in this notice of the Annual 
General Meeting. For this purpose, the time of receipt will be taken to 
be the time (as determined by the timestamp applied to the message 
by the CREST applications host) from which the issuer’s agent is able to 
retrieve the message by enquiry to CREST in the manner prescribed by 
CREST. After this time any change of instructions to proxies appointed 
through  CREST  should  be  communicated  to  the  appointee  through 
other means.

Voting at the meeting will be conducted by poll rather than on a show of 
hands, which the Board believes provides a more accurate reflection of 
shareholder views and takes into account the number of shares held by 
each member. Those shareholders who are unable to attend the meeting 
should submit a form of proxy as detailed below. Shareholders attending 
the meeting may also wish to vote in advance of the meeting by submitting 
a form of proxy. Members who have done so will not need to vote at the 
meeting unless they wish to change their vote or the way in which the 
proxy is instructed to vote. 

A member entitled to attend and vote at this meeting may appoint a proxy 
or proxies to attend and vote instead of him or her. The proxy need not be 
a member of the Company. A form of proxy is provided with this notice 
and instructions for use are shown on the form. Additional forms of proxy 
can be obtained from the Company’s registrars on tel no 0871 664 0300 
(Calls cost 12p per minute plus your phone company’s access charge. 
Lines are open between 09:00 - 17:30, Monday to Friday excluding public 
holidays in England and Wales). Instruments appointing proxies must be 
lodged with the Company’s registrars not less than 48 hours before the 
time fixed for the meeting to be effective. Completion and return of a form 
of proxy will not preclude a member from attending and voting in person 
at the meeting or any adjournment of the meeting.

An abstention option is provided on the form of proxy to enable you to 
instruct  your  proxy  to  abstain  on  any  particular  resolution,  however,  it 
should be noted that an abstention in this way is not a ‘vote’ in law and will 
not be counted in the calculation of the proportion of the votes ‘For’ and 
‘Against’ a resolution.

CREST  members  who  wish  to  appoint  a  proxy  or  proxies  through  the 
CREST electronic proxy appointment service may do so for the Annual 
General Meeting to be held on 27 January 2017 and any adjournment(s) 
of the meeting by using the procedures described in the CREST Manual. 
CREST  personal  members  or  other  CREST  sponsored  members,  and 
those CREST members who have appointed a voting service provider(s), 
should  refer  to  their  CREST  sponsor  or  voting  service  provider(s),  who 
will  be  able  to  take  the  appropriate  action  on  their  behalf.  Please  note  
the following:

b)  CREST  members  and,  where  applicable,  their  CREST  sponsors  or 
voting service providers should note that EUI does not make available 
special  procedures  in  CREST  for  any  particular  messages.  Normal 
system  timings  and  limitations  will  therefore  apply  in  relation  to  the 
input of CREST Proxy Instructions. It is the responsibility of the CREST 
member  concerned  to  take  (or,  if  the  CREST  member  is  a  CREST 
personal  member  or  sponsored  member  or  has  appointed  a  voting 
service provider(s), to procure that his CREST sponsor or voting service 
provider(s) take(s)) such action as shall be necessary to ensure that a 
message is transmitted by means of the CREST system by any particular 
time. In this connection, CREST members and, where applicable, their 
CREST sponsors or voting service providers are referred in particular to 
those sections of the CREST Manual concerning practical limitations of 
the CREST system and timings.

c)  The Company may treat as invalid a CREST Proxy Instruction in the 
circumstances  set  out  in  regulation  35(5)(a)  of  the  Uncertificated 
Securities Regulations 2001.

The right to appoint a proxy does not apply to persons whose shares are 
held on their behalf by another person and who have been nominated to 
receive communications from the company in accordance with section 
146  of  the  Companies  Act  2006  (“nominated  persons”).  Nominated 
persons  may  have  a  right  under  an  agreement  with  the  registered 
shareholder  who  holds  the  shares  on  their  behalf  to  be  appointed  (or 
to have someone else appointed) as a proxy. Alternatively, if nominated 
persons do not have such a right, or do not wish to exercise it, they may 
have a right under such an agreement to give instructions to the person 
holding the shares as to the exercise of voting rights.

A member of the Company which is a corporation may authorise a person 
or persons to act as its representative(s) at the AGM. In accordance with 
the provisions of the Companies Act 2006 (as amended by the Companies 
(Shareholders’ Rights) Regulations 2009), each such representative may 
exercise (on behalf of the corporation) the same powers as the corporation 
could exercise if it were an individual member of the Company, provided 
that they do not do so in relation to the same shares. It is therefore no 
longer necessary to nominate a designated corporate representative.

93

 Annual Report & Financial Statements 2016TREATT PLC   IFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Notice of Annual General Meeting continued

Pursuant to Section 319A of the Companies Act 2006, the Company must 
cause to be answered at the AGM any question relating to the business 
being  dealt  with  at  the  AGM  which  is  put  by  a  member  attending  the 
meeting,  except  in  certain  circumstances,  including  if  it  is  undesirable 
in  the  interests  of  the  Company  or  the  good  order  of  the  meeting  that 
the question be answered or if to do so would involve the disclosure of 
confidential information. 

Members satisfying the thresholds in Section 338 of the Companies Act 
2006  may  require  the  Company  to  give,  to  members  of  the  Company 
entitled to receive notice of the AGM, notice of a resolution which those 
members  intend  to  move  (and  which  may  properly  be  moved)  at  the 
AGM. A resolution may properly be moved at the AGM unless (i) it would, 
if passed, be ineffective (whether by reason of any inconsistency with any 
enactment or the Company’s constitution or otherwise); (ii) it is defamatory 
of any person; or (iii) it is frivolous or vexatious. The business which may 
be  dealt  with  at  the  AGM  includes  a  resolution  circulated  pursuant  to 
this right. A request made pursuant to this right may be in hard copy or 
electronic form, must identify the resolution of which notice is to be given, 
must be authenticated by the person(s) making it and must be received 
by the Company not later than 6 weeks before the date of the AGM.

Members satisfying the thresholds in Section 338A of the Companies Act 
2006 may request the Company to include in the business to be dealt 
with at the AGM any matter (other than a proposed resolution) which may 
properly be included in the business at the AGM. A matter may properly 
be included in the business at the AGM unless (i) it is defamatory of any 
person or (ii) it is frivolous or vexatious. A request made pursuant to this 
right may be in hard copy or electronic form, must identify the matter to 
be included in the business, must be accompanied by a statement setting 
out the grounds for the request, must be authenticated by the person(s) 
making it and must be received by the Company not later than 6 weeks 
before the date of the AGM.

In accordance with Section 311A of the Companies Act 2006, the contents 
of  this  notice  of  meeting  details  the  total  number  of  shares  in  respect 
of which members are entitled to exercise voting rights at the AGM, the 
total  voting  rights  members  are  entitled  to  exercise  at  the  AGM  and,  if 
applicable, any members’ statements, members’ resolutions or members’ 
matters of business received by the Company after the date of this notice 
will be available on the Company’s website www.treatt.com.

As  at  24  November  2016  the  Company’s  issued  share  capital  consists 
of 52,655,170 ordinary shares. The total number of voting rights in the 
Company as at 24 November 2016 (the latest practicable reporting date 
prior to publication of this document) is 51,837,193. 

A statement of Directors’ share transactions and copies of their service 
contracts and the letters of appointment of the Non-executive Directors 
are available for inspection during usual business hours at the registered 
office of the Company from the date of this notice until the date of the 
Annual  General  Meeting  (Saturdays,  Sundays  and  public  holidays 
excluded)  and  will  be  available  at  the  place  of  the  meeting  for  fifteen 
minutes prior to and during the meeting.

Except  as  provided  above,  members  who  wish  to  communicate  
with  the  Company  in  relation  to  the  meeting  should  do  so  using  the 
following means:

Calling the Company Secretary on +44 1284 702500; 
Emailing the Company Secretary on cosec@treatt.com; or
Writing  to:  The  Company  Secretary,  Treatt  plc,  Northern  Way,  Bury  St 
Edmunds, Suffolk, IP32 6NL.

EXPLANATORY NOTES
Report and Accounts (Resolution 1)
The Directors of the Company must present the accounts to the meeting.

Directors’ Remuneration Report (Resolution 2)
The Companies Act 2006, implemented by the Enterprise and Regulatory 
Reform  Act  2013,  provides  that  a  quoted  company  may  not  make  a 
remuneration payment to a Director of the Company unless the payment 
is  consistent  with  the  Company’s  Remuneration  Policy,  as  approved  by 
shareholders, or the payment is approved by a Shareholders’ Resolution. 
The  legislation  requires  two  resolutions  to  be  put  to  shareholders  on 
separate sections of the Directors’ Remuneration Report.The first of these 
is an advisory resolution on the Implementation Section of the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report, which details the remuneration packages paid to 
Directors during the year ended 30 September 2016. You can find the 
Implementation Section of the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 
39 to 50.

Declaration of a dividend (Resolution 3)
A  final  dividend  can  only  be  paid  after  the  shareholders  at  a  general 
meeting have approved it. A final dividend of 3.0 pence per ordinary share 
is recommended by the Directors for payment to shareholders who are on 
the register of members at the close of business on 17 February 2017. 
If approved, the date of payment of the final dividend will be 23 March 
2017. An interim dividend of 1.35 pence per ordinary share was paid on 
14 October 2016. This represents an increase of 0.31 pence per share, or 
7.67 per cent, on the total 2015 dividend.

Re-election of Directors (Resolutions 4, 5, 6 and 7)
In accordance with the Articles of Association, all Directors retire at least 
every  three  years  and  all  newly  appointed  Directors  retire  at  the  first 
Annual  General  Meeting  following  their  appointment.  Furthermore,  any 
Non-executive  Director  having  been  in  post  for  nine  years  or  more  is 
subject to annual re-election.

At this meeting, Anita Haines, David Johnston, Jeff Iliffe and Richard Illek 
will retire and stand for re-election as Directors. Short biographies of these 
Directors are given on page 24. Having considered the performance of, 
and contribution made, by each of the Directors standing for re-election 
the Board remains satisfied that the performance of each of the relevant 
Directors continues to be effective and to demonstrate commitment to the 
role and, as such, recommends their re-election.

Reappointment and remuneration of auditors (Resolutions 8 and 9)
Resolutions  8  and  9  propose  the  reappointment  of  RSM  UK  Audit  
LLP  as  Auditors  of  the  Company  and  authorise  the  Directors  to  set  
their remuneration.

Remuneration Policy Report (Resolution 10)
As referred to under Resolution 2 above, two resolutions are required to be 
put to shareholders on separate sections of the Directors’ Remuneration 
Report. The second of these is a binding resolution, passed by a majority, 
to approve the Company’s Remuneration Policy. Although the policy was 
approved  at  the  2015  Annual  General  Meeting,  the  proposed  revision 

94

I   TREATT PLCto  the  Annual  Bonus  of  the  Executive  Directors  requires  the  approval 
of  Shareholders.  Once  approved,  a  Remuneration  Policy  only  requires 
Shareholder approval every three years unless any revisions are required. 
The policy, which is set out on pages 48 to 50, will apply to all payments 
made to Directors from the date the policy is approved by shareholders. In 
the event that this resolution is not passed at the Annual General Meeting, 
the version of the Remuneration Policy approved by shareholders in 2015 
will continue in force. 

Directors’ authority to allot securities (Resolution 11)
The Company may only allot ordinary shares or grant rights over ordinary 
shares if authorised to do so by shareholders. This resolution seeks to grant 
authority to the Directors to allot unissued share capital of the Company 
and  grant  rights  and  will  expire  at  the  conclusion  of  the  next  Annual 
General Meeting of the Company in 2017 or, if earlier, on 27 April 2018 
(the date which is 15 months after the date of passing of the resolution). 
There is no present intention of exercising this authority, which would give 
Directors authority to allot relevant securities up to an aggregate nominal 
value of £347,524 approximately 33 per cent of the Company’s issued 
ordinary share capital as at 24 November 2016.

Disapplication of pre-emption rights (Resolution 12)
Under  Section  561  of  the  Act,  if  the  Directors  wish  to  allot  any  of  the 
unissued  shares  or  grant  rights  over  shares  or  sell  treasury  shares  for 
cash (other than pursuant to an employee share scheme) they must in 
the first instance offer them to existing shareholders in proportion to their 
holdings. There may be occasions, however, when the Directors will need 
the  flexibility  to  finance  business  opportunities  by  the  issue  of  ordinary 
shares without a pre-emptive offer to existing shareholders. This cannot 
be  done  under  the  Act  unless  the  shareholders  have  first  waived  their 
pre-emption rights.

Resolution  12  asks  the  shareholders  to  do  this  and,  apart  from  rights 
issues  or  any  other  pre-emptive  offer  concerning  equity  securities,  the 
authority will be limited to the issue of shares for cash up to a maximum 
aggregate nominal value of £52,655 (which includes the sale on a non 
pre-emptive basis of any shares held in treasury), which is equivalent to 
approximately 5 per cent of the Company’s issued ordinary share capital 
as at 24 November 2016. Shareholders will note that this resolution also 
relates to treasury shares and will be proposed as a Special Resolution.

This  resolution  seeks  a  disapplication  of  the  pre-emption  rights  on  a 
rights issue so as to allow the Directors to make exclusions or such other 
arrangements as may be appropriate to resolve legal or practical problems 
which, for example, might arise with overseas shareholders. If given, the 
authority will expire at the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting 
of the Company in 2018 or, if earlier, 27 April 2018 (the date which is 15 
months after the date of passing of the resolution).

Disapplication of pre-emption rights for a further 5% of existing share capital 
for a specified capital investment (Resolution 13) 
The  Directors  are  seeking  a  further  power  from  shareholders  to  allot 
equity securities or sell treasury shares for cash otherwise than to existing 
shareholders pro rata to their holdings, to reflect the Pre-emption Group 
2015  Statement  of  Principles  for  the  disapplication  of  pre-emption 
rights (the “Statement of Principles”). Accordingly, Resolution 13 will be 
proposed as a Special Resolution to grant such a power. The power will 
be limited to the allotment of equity securities and sales of treasury shares 
for cash up to an aggregate nominal value of £52,655 (being five per cent 

of  the  Company’s  issued  ordinary  share  capital  at  24  November  2016, 
the  latest  practicable  date  prior  to  publication  of  this  notice).  This  is  in 
addition  to  the  five  per  cent  referred  to  in  Resolution  12.  If  given,  this 
power will expire on 27 April 2018 or at the conclusion of the AGM in 
2018, whichever is the earlier. The Directors will have due regard to the 
Statement  of  Principles  in  relation  to  any  exercise  of  this  power  and  in 
particular they confirm that they intend to use this power only in connection 
with a specified capital investment (within the meaning of the Statement 
of Principles from time to time) which is announced contemporaneously 
with the issue, or which has taken place in the preceding six month period 
and is disclosed in the announcement of the issue. As at 24 November 
2016 the only specified capital investment proposed in this context is the 
potential site relocation in the UK.

Authority to purchase own shares (Resolution 14)
In  certain  circumstances,  it  may  be  advantageous  for  the  Company  to 
purchase  its  own  shares  and  resolution  14  seeks  the  authority  from 
shareholders to continue to do so. The Directors will continue to exercise 
this power only when, in the light of market conditions prevailing at the 
time,  they  believe  that  the  effect  of  such  purchases  will  be  to  increase 
earnings per share and is in the best interests of shareholders generally. 
Other investment opportunities, appropriate gearing levels and the overall 
position  of  the  Company  will  be  taken  into  account  when  exercising  
this authority.

Any shares purchased in this way will be cancelled and the number of 
shares in issue will be reduced accordingly, save that the Company may 
hold in treasury any of its own shares that it purchases pursuant to the 
Act and the authority conferred by this resolution. This gives the Company 
the  ability  to  re-issue  treasury  shares  quickly  and  cost-effectively  and 
provides  the  Company  with  greater  flexibility  in  the  management  of  its 
capital base. It also gives the Company the opportunity to satisfy employee 
share  scheme  awards  with  treasury  shares.  Once  held  in  treasury,  the 
Company is not entitled to exercise any rights, including the right to attend 
and  vote  at  meetings  in  respect  of  the  shares.  Further,  no  dividend  or 
other distribution of the Company’s assets may be made to the Company 
in respect of the treasury shares.

The  resolution  specifies  the  maximum  number  of  ordinary  shares  that 
may  be  acquired  (approximately  10  per  cent  of  the  Company’s  issued 
ordinary share capital as at 24 November 2016) and the maximum and 
minimum prices at which they may be bought.

The  total  number  of  options  to  subscribe  for  ordinary  shares  that  were 
outstanding at 24 November 2016 (the latest practicable reporting date 
prior to publication of this document) was 2,054,300. The proportion of 
issued share capital that they represented at that time was 3.9 per cent 
and the proportion of issued share capital that they will represent if the 
full  authority  to  purchase  shares  (existing  and  being  sought)  is  used  is 
4.3 per cent.

Resolution  14  will  be  proposed  as  a  Special  Resolution  to  provide  the 
Company with the necessary authority. If given, this authority will expire 
at the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting of the Company in 
2018 or, if earlier, 27 April 2018 (the date which is 15 months after the 
date of passing of the resolution).

The Directors intend to seek renewal of this power at subsequent Annual 
General Meetings.

95

 Annual Report & Financial Statements 2016TREATT PLC   IFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Parent Company Information and Advisers

Directors

Tim Jones (Chairman and Non-executive Director)
Daemmon Reeve (Chief Executive Officer)
Richard Hope (Finance Director)
Anita Haines (Non-executive Director)
Jeff Iliffe (Non-executive Director) 
Richard Illek (Non-executive Director – from 1 June 2016)
David Johnston (Senior Independent Non-executive Director)
Ian Neil (Non-executive Director – until 29 January 2016)

Secretary

Anita Steer

Registered Office

Northern Way, Bury St Edmunds, Suffolk, IP32 6NL
Tel: + 44 (0) 1284 702500 
Email: cosec@treatt.com
Website: http://www.treatt.com

Registered Number

1568937

Audit Committee

Jeff Iliffe (Chairman)
David Johnston 
Tim Jones
Ian Neil (until 29 January 2016)

Ian Neil (Chairman – until 29 January 2016)
David Johnston (Chairman – from 29 January 2016)
Jeff Iliffe
Richard Illek (from 22 July 2016)
Tim Jones

Tim Jones (Chairman)
Daemmon Reeve
Anita Haines
Jeff Iliffe
Richard Illek (from 22 July 2016)
David Johnston 
Ian Neil (until 29 January 2016)

Investec Investment Banking, 
2 Gresham Street, London, EC2V 7QP.

RSM UK Audit LLP, Abbotsgate House, Hollow Road, Bury St Edmunds, Suffolk, IP32 7FA

Greene and Greene, 80 Guildhall Street, Bury St Edmunds, Suffolk, IP33 1QB.

HSBC Bank plc, 140 Leadenhall Street, London, EC3V 4PS.
Lloyds Banking Group, Black Horse House, Castle Park, Cambridge, CB3 0AR.
Bank of America, 5th Floor, 101 E. Kennedy Boulevard, Tampa, FL 33602.

Capita Asset Services, The Registry, 34 Beckenham Road, Beckenham, Kent, BR3 4TU.

Treatt plc’s share price is available on www.ft.com. Annual and interim reports are  
available on the Group’s website (www.treatt.com).  

Remuneration Committee

Nomination Committee

Brokers

Auditors

Solicitors

Bankers

Registrars

Share Price

96

I   TREATT PLCFinancial Calendar

2015/16
Financial year ended    
Results for year announced 
Annual Report and Financial Statements published 
Annual General Meeting 
Final dividend for 2016 goes ‘ex-dividend’ 
Record date for 2016 final dividend 
Last day for dividend reinvestment plan election 
Final dividend for 2016 paid 

2016/17
Interim results to 31 March 2017 announced 
Interim dividend for 2017 goes ‘ex-dividend’ 
Record date for 2017 interim dividend 
Last day for dividend reinvestment plan election 
Interim dividend for 2017 paid 
Financial year ended    
Results for year to 30 September 2017 announced 
Final dividend for 2017 paid 

* These dates are provisional and may be subject to change

 Annual Report & Financial Statements 2016

30 September 2016
29 November 2016
9 December 2016
27 January 2017
16 February 2017
17 February 2017
26 February 2017
23 March 2017

9 May 2017*
13 July 2017*
14 July 2017*
23 July 2017*
17 August 2017*
30 September 2017
28 November 2017*
22 March 2018*

THE GROUP

WE ARE A TRUSTED INGREDIENTS 
MANUFACTURER AND SOLUTIONS 
PROVIDER TO THE GLOBAL 
FLAVOUR, FRAGRANCE AND 
CONSUMER GOODS MARKETS FROM 
OUR BASES IN THE UK, THE US, 
CHINA AND KENYA.

We have been making the world taste better since our 
foundation in 1886, but this is just the beginning. 
Committed to continuous improvement, we have deep  
roots and a clear strategic path that drives us forward.

Our people are creative, technically excellent and  
dedicated – allowing us to develop and supply a range of 
ready-made and bespoke systems to suit even the most 
adventurous needs.

Everyone from logistics, HR, finance, operations and 
research and development to sales, purchasing, marketing,  
planning, IT and procurement work together to ensure 
we’re the sustainable partner of choice for our international 
customer base. 

The passion and expertise for our industry is visible in every 
interaction with Treatt, which is why our customers rely  
on our specialists to deliver innovative ingredient solutions 
that will drive commercial results.

CPRM 00001 Treatt_AR_accounts_Cover_AW.indd   2

05/12/2016   10:49

Designed and produced by corporateprm, Edinburgh and London. www.corporateprm.co.uk

TREATT PLC   I

97

  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
   
Treatt plc  
Northern Way,  
Bury St Edmunds,  
Suffolk, IP32 6NL UK

01284 702500  
01284 703809 

Tel: 
Fax: 
Email:  enquiries@treatt.com

www.treatt.com
www.earthoil.com

Annual Report & Financial Statements 2016

MAKING THE WORLD
TASTE BETTER

T
R
E
A
T
T
P
L
C
A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

&
F

i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

2
0
1
6

CPRM 00001 Treatt_AR_accounts_Cover_AW.indd   1

05/12/2016   10:49